add board/redbee-econotag.cfg and JTAG support
[openocd.git] / doc / openocd.texi
1 \input texinfo @c -*-texinfo-*-
2 @c %**start of header
3 @setfilename openocd.info
4 @settitle OpenOCD User's Guide
5 @dircategory Development
6 @direntry
7 * OpenOCD: (openocd). OpenOCD User's Guide
8 @end direntry
9 @paragraphindent 0
10 @c %**end of header
11
12 @include version.texi
13
14 @copying
15
16 This User's Guide documents
17 release @value{VERSION},
18 dated @value{UPDATED},
19 of the Open On-Chip Debugger (OpenOCD).
20
21 @itemize @bullet
22 @item Copyright @copyright{} 2008 The OpenOCD Project
23 @item Copyright @copyright{} 2007-2008 Spencer Oliver @email{spen@@spen-soft.co.uk}
24 @item Copyright @copyright{} 2008 Oyvind Harboe @email{oyvind.harboe@@zylin.com}
25 @item Copyright @copyright{} 2008 Duane Ellis @email{openocd@@duaneellis.com}
26 @item Copyright @copyright{} 2009-2010 David Brownell
27 @end itemize
28
29 @quotation
30 Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
31 under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.2 or
32 any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; with no
33 Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no Back-Cover
34 Texts. A copy of the license is included in the section entitled ``GNU
35 Free Documentation License''.
36 @end quotation
37 @end copying
38
39 @titlepage
40 @titlefont{@emph{Open On-Chip Debugger:}}
41 @sp 1
42 @title OpenOCD User's Guide
43 @subtitle for release @value{VERSION}
44 @subtitle @value{UPDATED}
45
46 @page
47 @vskip 0pt plus 1filll
48 @insertcopying
49 @end titlepage
50
51 @summarycontents
52 @contents
53
54 @ifnottex
55 @node Top
56 @top OpenOCD User's Guide
57
58 @insertcopying
59 @end ifnottex
60
61 @menu
62 * About:: About OpenOCD
63 * Developers:: OpenOCD Developer Resources
64 * JTAG Hardware Dongles:: JTAG Hardware Dongles
65 * About JIM-Tcl:: About JIM-Tcl
66 * Running:: Running OpenOCD
67 * OpenOCD Project Setup:: OpenOCD Project Setup
68 * Config File Guidelines:: Config File Guidelines
69 * Daemon Configuration:: Daemon Configuration
70 * Interface - Dongle Configuration:: Interface - Dongle Configuration
71 * Reset Configuration:: Reset Configuration
72 * TAP Declaration:: TAP Declaration
73 * CPU Configuration:: CPU Configuration
74 * Flash Commands:: Flash Commands
75 * NAND Flash Commands:: NAND Flash Commands
76 * PLD/FPGA Commands:: PLD/FPGA Commands
77 * General Commands:: General Commands
78 * Architecture and Core Commands:: Architecture and Core Commands
79 * JTAG Commands:: JTAG Commands
80 * Boundary Scan Commands:: Boundary Scan Commands
81 * TFTP:: TFTP
82 * GDB and OpenOCD:: Using GDB and OpenOCD
83 * Tcl Scripting API:: Tcl Scripting API
84 * FAQ:: Frequently Asked Questions
85 * Tcl Crash Course:: Tcl Crash Course
86 * License:: GNU Free Documentation License
87
88 @comment DO NOT use the plain word ``Index'', reason: CYGWIN filename
89 @comment case issue with ``Index.html'' and ``index.html''
90 @comment Occurs when creating ``--html --no-split'' output
91 @comment This fix is based on: http://sourceware.org/ml/binutils/2006-05/msg00215.html
92 * OpenOCD Concept Index:: Concept Index
93 * Command and Driver Index:: Command and Driver Index
94 @end menu
95
96 @node About
97 @unnumbered About
98 @cindex about
99
100 OpenOCD was created by Dominic Rath as part of a diploma thesis written at the
101 University of Applied Sciences Augsburg (@uref{http://www.fh-augsburg.de}).
102 Since that time, the project has grown into an active open-source project,
103 supported by a diverse community of software and hardware developers from
104 around the world.
105
106 @section What is OpenOCD?
107 @cindex TAP
108 @cindex JTAG
109
110 The Open On-Chip Debugger (OpenOCD) aims to provide debugging,
111 in-system programming and boundary-scan testing for embedded target
112 devices.
113
114 @b{JTAG:} OpenOCD uses a ``hardware interface dongle'' to communicate
115 with the JTAG (IEEE 1149.1) compliant TAPs on your target board.
116 A @dfn{TAP} is a ``Test Access Port'', a module which processes
117 special instructions and data. TAPs are daisy-chained within and
118 between chips and boards.
119
120 @b{Dongles:} OpenOCD currently supports many types of hardware dongles: USB
121 based, parallel port based, and other standalone boxes that run
122 OpenOCD internally. @xref{JTAG Hardware Dongles}.
123
124 @b{GDB Debug:} It allows ARM7 (ARM7TDMI and ARM720t), ARM9 (ARM920T,
125 ARM922T, ARM926EJ--S, ARM966E--S), XScale (PXA25x, IXP42x) and
126 Cortex-M3 (Stellaris LM3 and ST STM32) based cores to be
127 debugged via the GDB protocol.
128
129 @b{Flash Programing:} Flash writing is supported for external CFI
130 compatible NOR flashes (Intel and AMD/Spansion command set) and several
131 internal flashes (LPC1700, LPC2000, AT91SAM7, AT91SAM3U, STR7x, STR9x, LM3, and
132 STM32x). Preliminary support for various NAND flash controllers
133 (LPC3180, Orion, S3C24xx, more) controller is included.
134
135 @section OpenOCD Web Site
136
137 The OpenOCD web site provides the latest public news from the community:
138
139 @uref{http://openocd.berlios.de/web/}
140
141 @section Latest User's Guide:
142
143 The user's guide you are now reading may not be the latest one
144 available. A version for more recent code may be available.
145 Its HTML form is published irregularly at:
146
147 @uref{http://openocd.berlios.de/doc/html/index.html}
148
149 PDF form is likewise published at:
150
151 @uref{http://openocd.berlios.de/doc/pdf/openocd.pdf}
152
153 @section OpenOCD User's Forum
154
155 There is an OpenOCD forum (phpBB) hosted by SparkFun,
156 which might be helpful to you. Note that if you want
157 anything to come to the attention of developers, you
158 should post it to the OpenOCD Developer Mailing List
159 instead of this forum.
160
161 @uref{http://forum.sparkfun.com/viewforum.php?f=18}
162
163
164 @node Developers
165 @chapter OpenOCD Developer Resources
166 @cindex developers
167
168 If you are interested in improving the state of OpenOCD's debugging and
169 testing support, new contributions will be welcome. Motivated developers
170 can produce new target, flash or interface drivers, improve the
171 documentation, as well as more conventional bug fixes and enhancements.
172
173 The resources in this chapter are available for developers wishing to explore
174 or expand the OpenOCD source code.
175
176 @section OpenOCD GIT Repository
177
178 During the 0.3.x release cycle, OpenOCD switched from Subversion to
179 a GIT repository hosted at SourceForge. The repository URL is:
180
181 @uref{git://openocd.git.sourceforge.net/gitroot/openocd/openocd}
182
183 You may prefer to use a mirror and the HTTP protocol:
184
185 @uref{http://repo.or.cz/r/openocd.git}
186
187 With standard GIT tools, use @command{git clone} to initialize
188 a local repository, and @command{git pull} to update it.
189 There are also gitweb pages letting you browse the repository
190 with a web browser, or download arbitrary snapshots without
191 needing a GIT client:
192
193 @uref{http://openocd.git.sourceforge.net/git/gitweb.cgi?p=openocd/openocd}
194
195 @uref{http://repo.or.cz/w/openocd.git}
196
197 The @file{README} file contains the instructions for building the project
198 from the repository or a snapshot.
199
200 Developers that want to contribute patches to the OpenOCD system are
201 @b{strongly} encouraged to work against mainline.
202 Patches created against older versions may require additional
203 work from their submitter in order to be updated for newer releases.
204
205 @section Doxygen Developer Manual
206
207 During the 0.2.x release cycle, the OpenOCD project began
208 providing a Doxygen reference manual. This document contains more
209 technical information about the software internals, development
210 processes, and similar documentation:
211
212 @uref{http://openocd.berlios.de/doc/doxygen/index.html}
213
214 This document is a work-in-progress, but contributions would be welcome
215 to fill in the gaps. All of the source files are provided in-tree,
216 listed in the Doxyfile configuration in the top of the source tree.
217
218 @section OpenOCD Developer Mailing List
219
220 The OpenOCD Developer Mailing List provides the primary means of
221 communication between developers:
222
223 @uref{https://lists.berlios.de/mailman/listinfo/openocd-development}
224
225 Discuss and submit patches to this list.
226 The @file{PATCHES.txt} file contains basic information about how
227 to prepare patches.
228
229 @section OpenOCD Bug Database
230
231 During the 0.4.x release cycle the OpenOCD project team began
232 using Trac for its bug database:
233
234 @uref{https://sourceforge.net/apps/trac/openocd}
235
236
237 @node JTAG Hardware Dongles
238 @chapter JTAG Hardware Dongles
239 @cindex dongles
240 @cindex FTDI
241 @cindex wiggler
242 @cindex zy1000
243 @cindex printer port
244 @cindex USB Adapter
245 @cindex RTCK
246
247 Defined: @b{dongle}: A small device that plugins into a computer and serves as
248 an adapter .... [snip]
249
250 In the OpenOCD case, this generally refers to @b{a small adapater} one
251 attaches to your computer via USB or the Parallel Printer Port. The
252 execption being the Zylin ZY1000 which is a small box you attach via
253 an ethernet cable. The Zylin ZY1000 has the advantage that it does not
254 require any drivers to be installed on the developer PC. It also has
255 a built in web interface. It supports RTCK/RCLK or adaptive clocking
256 and has a built in relay to power cycle targets remotely.
257
258
259 @section Choosing a Dongle
260
261 There are several things you should keep in mind when choosing a dongle.
262
263 @enumerate
264 @item @b{Voltage} What voltage is your target - 1.8, 2.8, 3.3, or 5V?
265 Does your dongle support it? You might need a level converter.
266 @item @b{Pinout} What pinout does your target board use?
267 Does your dongle support it? You may be able to use jumper
268 wires, or an "octopus" connector, to convert pinouts.
269 @item @b{Connection} Does your computer have the USB, printer, or
270 Ethernet port needed?
271 @item @b{RTCK} Do you require RTCK? Also known as ``adaptive clocking''
272 @end enumerate
273
274 @section Stand alone Systems
275
276 @b{ZY1000} See: @url{http://www.zylin.com/zy1000.html} Technically, not a
277 dongle, but a standalone box. The ZY1000 has the advantage that it does
278 not require any drivers installed on the developer PC. It also has
279 a built in web interface. It supports RTCK/RCLK or adaptive clocking
280 and has a built in relay to power cycle targets remotely.
281
282 @section USB FT2232 Based
283
284 There are many USB JTAG dongles on the market, many of them are based
285 on a chip from ``Future Technology Devices International'' (FTDI)
286 known as the FTDI FT2232; this is a USB full speed (12 Mbps) chip.
287 See: @url{http://www.ftdichip.com} for more information.
288 In summer 2009, USB high speed (480 Mbps) versions of these FTDI
289 chips are starting to become available in JTAG adapters.
290
291 @itemize @bullet
292 @item @b{usbjtag}
293 @* Link @url{http://www.hs-augsburg.de/~hhoegl/proj/usbjtag/usbjtag.html}
294 @item @b{jtagkey}
295 @* See: @url{http://www.amontec.com/jtagkey.shtml}
296 @item @b{jtagkey2}
297 @* See: @url{http://www.amontec.com/jtagkey2.shtml}
298 @item @b{oocdlink}
299 @* See: @url{http://www.oocdlink.com} By Joern Kaipf
300 @item @b{signalyzer}
301 @* See: @url{http://www.signalyzer.com}
302 @item @b{Stellaris Eval Boards}
303 @* See: @url{http://www.luminarymicro.com} - The Stellaris eval boards
304 bundle FT2232-based JTAG and SWD support, which can be used to debug
305 the Stellaris chips. Using separate JTAG adapters is optional.
306 These boards can also be used as JTAG adapters to other target boards,
307 disabling the Stellaris chip.
308 @item @b{Luminary ICDI}
309 @* See: @url{http://www.luminarymicro.com} - Luminary In-Circuit Debug
310 Interface (ICDI) Boards are included in Stellaris LM3S9B90 and LM3S9B92
311 Evaluation Kits. Like the non-detachable FT2232 support on the other
312 Stellaris eval boards, they can be used to debug other target boards.
313 @item @b{olimex-jtag}
314 @* See: @url{http://www.olimex.com}
315 @item @b{flyswatter}
316 @* See: @url{http://www.tincantools.com}
317 @item @b{turtelizer2}
318 @* See:
319 @uref{http://www.ethernut.de/en/hardware/turtelizer/index.html, Turtelizer 2}, or
320 @url{http://www.ethernut.de}
321 @item @b{comstick}
322 @* Link: @url{http://www.hitex.com/index.php?id=383}
323 @item @b{stm32stick}
324 @* Link @url{http://www.hitex.com/stm32-stick}
325 @item @b{axm0432_jtag}
326 @* Axiom AXM-0432 Link @url{http://www.axman.com}
327 @item @b{cortino}
328 @* Link @url{http://www.hitex.com/index.php?id=cortino}
329 @end itemize
330
331 @section USB-JTAG / Altera USB-Blaster compatibles
332
333 These devices also show up as FTDI devices, but are not
334 protocol-compatible with the FT2232 devices. They are, however,
335 protocol-compatible among themselves. USB-JTAG devices typically consist
336 of a FT245 followed by a CPLD that understands a particular protocol,
337 or emulate this protocol using some other hardware.
338
339 They may appear under different USB VID/PID depending on the particular
340 product. The driver can be configured to search for any VID/PID pair
341 (see the section on driver commands).
342
343 @itemize
344 @item @b{USB-JTAG} Kolja Waschk's USB Blaster-compatible adapter
345 @* Link: @url{http://www.ixo.de/info/usb_jtag/}
346 @item @b{Altera USB-Blaster}
347 @* Link: @url{http://www.altera.com/literature/ug/ug_usb_blstr.pdf}
348 @end itemize
349
350 @section USB JLINK based
351 There are several OEM versions of the Segger @b{JLINK} adapter. It is
352 an example of a micro controller based JTAG adapter, it uses an
353 AT91SAM764 internally.
354
355 @itemize @bullet
356 @item @b{ATMEL SAMICE} Only works with ATMEL chips!
357 @* Link: @url{http://www.atmel.com/dyn/products/tools_card.asp?tool_id=3892}
358 @item @b{SEGGER JLINK}
359 @* Link: @url{http://www.segger.com/jlink.html}
360 @item @b{IAR J-Link}
361 @* Link: @url{http://www.iar.com/website1/1.0.1.0/369/1/index.php}
362 @end itemize
363
364 @section USB RLINK based
365 Raisonance has an adapter called @b{RLink}. It exists in a stripped-down form on the STM32 Primer, permanently attached to the JTAG lines. It also exists on the STM32 Primer2, but that is wired for SWD and not JTAG, thus not supported.
366
367 @itemize @bullet
368 @item @b{Raisonance RLink}
369 @* Link: @url{http://www.raisonance.com/products/RLink.php}
370 @item @b{STM32 Primer}
371 @* Link: @url{http://www.stm32circle.com/resources/stm32primer.php}
372 @item @b{STM32 Primer2}
373 @* Link: @url{http://www.stm32circle.com/resources/stm32primer2.php}
374 @end itemize
375
376 @section USB Other
377 @itemize @bullet
378 @item @b{USBprog}
379 @* Link: @url{http://www.embedded-projects.net/usbprog} - which uses an Atmel MEGA32 and a UBN9604
380
381 @item @b{USB - Presto}
382 @* Link: @url{http://tools.asix.net/prg_presto.htm}
383
384 @item @b{Versaloon-Link}
385 @* Link: @url{http://www.simonqian.com/en/Versaloon}
386
387 @item @b{ARM-JTAG-EW}
388 @* Link: @url{http://www.olimex.com/dev/arm-jtag-ew.html}
389 @end itemize
390
391 @section IBM PC Parallel Printer Port Based
392
393 The two well known ``JTAG Parallel Ports'' cables are the Xilnx DLC5
394 and the MacGraigor Wiggler. There are many clones and variations of
395 these on the market.
396
397 Note that parallel ports are becoming much less common, so if you
398 have the choice you should probably avoid these adapters in favor
399 of USB-based ones.
400
401 @itemize @bullet
402
403 @item @b{Wiggler} - There are many clones of this.
404 @* Link: @url{http://www.macraigor.com/wiggler.htm}
405
406 @item @b{DLC5} - From XILINX - There are many clones of this
407 @* Link: Search the web for: ``XILINX DLC5'' - it is no longer
408 produced, PDF schematics are easily found and it is easy to make.
409
410 @item @b{Amontec - JTAG Accelerator}
411 @* Link: @url{http://www.amontec.com/jtag_accelerator.shtml}
412
413 @item @b{GW16402}
414 @* Link: @url{http://www.gateworks.com/products/avila_accessories/gw16042.php}
415
416 @item @b{Wiggler2}
417 @*@uref{http://www.ccac.rwth-aachen.de/@/~michaels/@/index.php/hardware/@/armjtag,
418 Improved parallel-port wiggler-style JTAG adapter}
419
420 @item @b{Wiggler_ntrst_inverted}
421 @* Yet another variation - See the source code, src/jtag/parport.c
422
423 @item @b{old_amt_wiggler}
424 @* Unknown - probably not on the market today
425
426 @item @b{arm-jtag}
427 @* Link: Most likely @url{http://www.olimex.com/dev/arm-jtag.html} [another wiggler clone]
428
429 @item @b{chameleon}
430 @* Link: @url{http://www.amontec.com/chameleon.shtml}
431
432 @item @b{Triton}
433 @* Unknown.
434
435 @item @b{Lattice}
436 @* ispDownload from Lattice Semiconductor
437 @url{http://www.latticesemi.com/lit/docs/@/devtools/dlcable.pdf}
438
439 @item @b{flashlink}
440 @* From ST Microsystems;
441 @uref{http://www.st.com/stonline/@/products/literature/um/7889.pdf,
442 FlashLINK JTAG programing cable for PSD and uPSD}
443
444 @end itemize
445
446 @section Other...
447 @itemize @bullet
448
449 @item @b{ep93xx}
450 @* An EP93xx based Linux machine using the GPIO pins directly.
451
452 @item @b{at91rm9200}
453 @* Like the EP93xx - but an ATMEL AT91RM9200 based solution using the GPIO pins on the chip.
454
455 @end itemize
456
457 @node About JIM-Tcl
458 @chapter About JIM-Tcl
459 @cindex JIM Tcl
460 @cindex tcl
461
462 OpenOCD includes a small ``Tcl Interpreter'' known as JIM-Tcl.
463 This programming language provides a simple and extensible
464 command interpreter.
465
466 All commands presented in this Guide are extensions to JIM-Tcl.
467 You can use them as simple commands, without needing to learn
468 much of anything about Tcl.
469 Alternatively, can write Tcl programs with them.
470
471 You can learn more about JIM at its website, @url{http://jim.berlios.de}.
472
473 @itemize @bullet
474 @item @b{JIM vs. Tcl}
475 @* JIM-TCL is a stripped down version of the well known Tcl language,
476 which can be found here: @url{http://www.tcl.tk}. JIM-Tcl has far
477 fewer features. JIM-Tcl is a single .C file and a single .H file and
478 implements the basic Tcl command set. In contrast: Tcl 8.6 is a
479 4.2 MB .zip file containing 1540 files.
480
481 @item @b{Missing Features}
482 @* Our practice has been: Add/clone the real Tcl feature if/when
483 needed. We welcome JIM Tcl improvements, not bloat.
484
485 @item @b{Scripts}
486 @* OpenOCD configuration scripts are JIM Tcl Scripts. OpenOCD's
487 command interpreter today is a mixture of (newer)
488 JIM-Tcl commands, and (older) the orginal command interpreter.
489
490 @item @b{Commands}
491 @* At the OpenOCD telnet command line (or via the GDB mon command) one
492 can type a Tcl for() loop, set variables, etc.
493 Some of the commands documented in this guide are implemented
494 as Tcl scripts, from a @file{startup.tcl} file internal to the server.
495
496 @item @b{Historical Note}
497 @* JIM-Tcl was introduced to OpenOCD in spring 2008.
498
499 @item @b{Need a crash course in Tcl?}
500 @*@xref{Tcl Crash Course}.
501 @end itemize
502
503 @node Running
504 @chapter Running
505 @cindex command line options
506 @cindex logfile
507 @cindex directory search
508
509 Properly installing OpenOCD sets up your operating system to grant it access
510 to the JTAG adapters. On Linux, this usually involves installing a file
511 in @file{/etc/udev/rules.d,} so OpenOCD has permissions. MS-Windows needs
512 complex and confusing driver configuration for every peripheral. Such issues
513 are unique to each operating system, and are not detailed in this User's Guide.
514
515 Then later you will invoke the OpenOCD server, with various options to
516 tell it how each debug session should work.
517 The @option{--help} option shows:
518 @verbatim
519 bash$ openocd --help
520
521 --help | -h display this help
522 --version | -v display OpenOCD version
523 --file | -f use configuration file <name>
524 --search | -s dir to search for config files and scripts
525 --debug | -d set debug level <0-3>
526 --log_output | -l redirect log output to file <name>
527 --command | -c run <command>
528 --pipe | -p use pipes when talking to gdb
529 @end verbatim
530
531 If you don't give any @option{-f} or @option{-c} options,
532 OpenOCD tries to read the configuration file @file{openocd.cfg}.
533 To specify one or more different
534 configuration files, use @option{-f} options. For example:
535
536 @example
537 openocd -f config1.cfg -f config2.cfg -f config3.cfg
538 @end example
539
540 Configuration files and scripts are searched for in
541 @enumerate
542 @item the current directory,
543 @item any search dir specified on the command line using the @option{-s} option,
544 @item @file{$HOME/.openocd} (not on Windows),
545 @item the site wide script library @file{$pkgdatadir/site} and
546 @item the OpenOCD-supplied script library @file{$pkgdatadir/scripts}.
547 @end enumerate
548 The first found file with a matching file name will be used.
549
550 @quotation Note
551 Don't try to use configuration script names or paths which
552 include the "#" character. That character begins Tcl comments.
553 @end quotation
554
555 @section Simple setup, no customization
556
557 In the best case, you can use two scripts from one of the script
558 libraries, hook up your JTAG adapter, and start the server ... and
559 your JTAG setup will just work "out of the box". Always try to
560 start by reusing those scripts, but assume you'll need more
561 customization even if this works. @xref{OpenOCD Project Setup}.
562
563 If you find a script for your JTAG adapter, and for your board or
564 target, you may be able to hook up your JTAG adapter then start
565 the server like:
566
567 @example
568 openocd -f interface/ADAPTER.cfg -f board/MYBOARD.cfg
569 @end example
570
571 You might also need to configure which reset signals are present,
572 using @option{-c 'reset_config trst_and_srst'} or something similar.
573 If all goes well you'll see output something like
574
575 @example
576 Open On-Chip Debugger 0.4.0 (2010-01-14-15:06)
577 For bug reports, read
578 http://openocd.berlios.de/doc/doxygen/bugs.html
579 Info : JTAG tap: lm3s.cpu tap/device found: 0x3ba00477
580 (mfg: 0x23b, part: 0xba00, ver: 0x3)
581 @end example
582
583 Seeing that "tap/device found" message, and no warnings, means
584 the JTAG communication is working. That's a key milestone, but
585 you'll probably need more project-specific setup.
586
587 @section What OpenOCD does as it starts
588
589 OpenOCD starts by processing the configuration commands provided
590 on the command line or, if there were no @option{-c command} or
591 @option{-f file.cfg} options given, in @file{openocd.cfg}.
592 @xref{Configuration Stage}.
593 At the end of the configuration stage it verifies the JTAG scan
594 chain defined using those commands; your configuration should
595 ensure that this always succeeds.
596 Normally, OpenOCD then starts running as a daemon.
597 Alternatively, commands may be used to terminate the configuration
598 stage early, perform work (such as updating some flash memory),
599 and then shut down without acting as a daemon.
600
601 Once OpenOCD starts running as a daemon, it waits for connections from
602 clients (Telnet, GDB, Other) and processes the commands issued through
603 those channels.
604
605 If you are having problems, you can enable internal debug messages via
606 the @option{-d} option.
607
608 Also it is possible to interleave JIM-Tcl commands w/config scripts using the
609 @option{-c} command line switch.
610
611 To enable debug output (when reporting problems or working on OpenOCD
612 itself), use the @option{-d} command line switch. This sets the
613 @option{debug_level} to "3", outputting the most information,
614 including debug messages. The default setting is "2", outputting only
615 informational messages, warnings and errors. You can also change this
616 setting from within a telnet or gdb session using @command{debug_level
617 <n>} (@pxref{debug_level}).
618
619 You can redirect all output from the daemon to a file using the
620 @option{-l <logfile>} switch.
621
622 For details on the @option{-p} option. @xref{Connecting to GDB}.
623
624 Note! OpenOCD will launch the GDB & telnet server even if it can not
625 establish a connection with the target. In general, it is possible for
626 the JTAG controller to be unresponsive until the target is set up
627 correctly via e.g. GDB monitor commands in a GDB init script.
628
629 @node OpenOCD Project Setup
630 @chapter OpenOCD Project Setup
631
632 To use OpenOCD with your development projects, you need to do more than
633 just connecting the JTAG adapter hardware (dongle) to your development board
634 and then starting the OpenOCD server.
635 You also need to configure that server so that it knows
636 about that adapter and board, and helps your work.
637 You may also want to connect OpenOCD to GDB, possibly
638 using Eclipse or some other GUI.
639
640 @section Hooking up the JTAG Adapter
641
642 Today's most common case is a dongle with a JTAG cable on one side
643 (such as a ribbon cable with a 10-pin or 20-pin IDC connector)
644 and a USB cable on the other.
645 Instead of USB, some cables use Ethernet;
646 older ones may use a PC parallel port, or even a serial port.
647
648 @enumerate
649 @item @emph{Start with power to your target board turned off},
650 and nothing connected to your JTAG adapter.
651 If you're particularly paranoid, unplug power to the board.
652 It's important to have the ground signal properly set up,
653 unless you are using a JTAG adapter which provides
654 galvanic isolation between the target board and the
655 debugging host.
656
657 @item @emph{Be sure it's the right kind of JTAG connector.}
658 If your dongle has a 20-pin ARM connector, you need some kind
659 of adapter (or octopus, see below) to hook it up to
660 boards using 14-pin or 10-pin connectors ... or to 20-pin
661 connectors which don't use ARM's pinout.
662
663 In the same vein, make sure the voltage levels are compatible.
664 Not all JTAG adapters have the level shifters needed to work
665 with 1.2 Volt boards.
666
667 @item @emph{Be certain the cable is properly oriented} or you might
668 damage your board. In most cases there are only two possible
669 ways to connect the cable.
670 Connect the JTAG cable from your adapter to the board.
671 Be sure it's firmly connected.
672
673 In the best case, the connector is keyed to physically
674 prevent you from inserting it wrong.
675 This is most often done using a slot on the board's male connector
676 housing, which must match a key on the JTAG cable's female connector.
677 If there's no housing, then you must look carefully and
678 make sure pin 1 on the cable hooks up to pin 1 on the board.
679 Ribbon cables are frequently all grey except for a wire on one
680 edge, which is red. The red wire is pin 1.
681
682 Sometimes dongles provide cables where one end is an ``octopus'' of
683 color coded single-wire connectors, instead of a connector block.
684 These are great when converting from one JTAG pinout to another,
685 but are tedious to set up.
686 Use these with connector pinout diagrams to help you match up the
687 adapter signals to the right board pins.
688
689 @item @emph{Connect the adapter's other end} once the JTAG cable is connected.
690 A USB, parallel, or serial port connector will go to the host which
691 you are using to run OpenOCD.
692 For Ethernet, consult the documentation and your network administrator.
693
694 For USB based JTAG adapters you have an easy sanity check at this point:
695 does the host operating system see the JTAG adapter? If that host is an
696 MS-Windows host, you'll need to install a driver before OpenOCD works.
697
698 @item @emph{Connect the adapter's power supply, if needed.}
699 This step is primarily for non-USB adapters,
700 but sometimes USB adapters need extra power.
701
702 @item @emph{Power up the target board.}
703 Unless you just let the magic smoke escape,
704 you're now ready to set up the OpenOCD server
705 so you can use JTAG to work with that board.
706
707 @end enumerate
708
709 Talk with the OpenOCD server using
710 telnet (@code{telnet localhost 4444} on many systems) or GDB.
711 @xref{GDB and OpenOCD}.
712
713 @section Project Directory
714
715 There are many ways you can configure OpenOCD and start it up.
716
717 A simple way to organize them all involves keeping a
718 single directory for your work with a given board.
719 When you start OpenOCD from that directory,
720 it searches there first for configuration files, scripts,
721 files accessed through semihosting,
722 and for code you upload to the target board.
723 It is also the natural place to write files,
724 such as log files and data you download from the board.
725
726 @section Configuration Basics
727
728 There are two basic ways of configuring OpenOCD, and
729 a variety of ways you can mix them.
730 Think of the difference as just being how you start the server:
731
732 @itemize
733 @item Many @option{-f file} or @option{-c command} options on the command line
734 @item No options, but a @dfn{user config file}
735 in the current directory named @file{openocd.cfg}
736 @end itemize
737
738 Here is an example @file{openocd.cfg} file for a setup
739 using a Signalyzer FT2232-based JTAG adapter to talk to
740 a board with an Atmel AT91SAM7X256 microcontroller:
741
742 @example
743 source [find interface/signalyzer.cfg]
744
745 # GDB can also flash my flash!
746 gdb_memory_map enable
747 gdb_flash_program enable
748
749 source [find target/sam7x256.cfg]
750 @end example
751
752 Here is the command line equivalent of that configuration:
753
754 @example
755 openocd -f interface/signalyzer.cfg \
756 -c "gdb_memory_map enable" \
757 -c "gdb_flash_program enable" \
758 -f target/sam7x256.cfg
759 @end example
760
761 You could wrap such long command lines in shell scripts,
762 each supporting a different development task.
763 One might re-flash the board with a specific firmware version.
764 Another might set up a particular debugging or run-time environment.
765
766 @quotation Important
767 At this writing (October 2009) the command line method has
768 problems with how it treats variables.
769 For example, after @option{-c "set VAR value"}, or doing the
770 same in a script, the variable @var{VAR} will have no value
771 that can be tested in a later script.
772 @end quotation
773
774 Here we will focus on the simpler solution: one user config
775 file, including basic configuration plus any TCL procedures
776 to simplify your work.
777
778 @section User Config Files
779 @cindex config file, user
780 @cindex user config file
781 @cindex config file, overview
782
783 A user configuration file ties together all the parts of a project
784 in one place.
785 One of the following will match your situation best:
786
787 @itemize
788 @item Ideally almost everything comes from configuration files
789 provided by someone else.
790 For example, OpenOCD distributes a @file{scripts} directory
791 (probably in @file{/usr/share/openocd/scripts} on Linux).
792 Board and tool vendors can provide these too, as can individual
793 user sites; the @option{-s} command line option lets you say
794 where to find these files. (@xref{Running}.)
795 The AT91SAM7X256 example above works this way.
796
797 Three main types of non-user configuration file each have their
798 own subdirectory in the @file{scripts} directory:
799
800 @enumerate
801 @item @b{interface} -- one for each kind of JTAG adapter/dongle
802 @item @b{board} -- one for each different board
803 @item @b{target} -- the chips which integrate CPUs and other JTAG TAPs
804 @end enumerate
805
806 Best case: include just two files, and they handle everything else.
807 The first is an interface config file.
808 The second is board-specific, and it sets up the JTAG TAPs and
809 their GDB targets (by deferring to some @file{target.cfg} file),
810 declares all flash memory, and leaves you nothing to do except
811 meet your deadline:
812
813 @example
814 source [find interface/olimex-jtag-tiny.cfg]
815 source [find board/csb337.cfg]
816 @end example
817
818 Boards with a single microcontroller often won't need more
819 than the target config file, as in the AT91SAM7X256 example.
820 That's because there is no external memory (flash, DDR RAM), and
821 the board differences are encapsulated by application code.
822
823 @item Maybe you don't know yet what your board looks like to JTAG.
824 Once you know the @file{interface.cfg} file to use, you may
825 need help from OpenOCD to discover what's on the board.
826 Once you find the TAPs, you can just search for appropriate
827 configuration files ... or write your own, from the bottom up.
828 @xref{Autoprobing}.
829
830 @item You can often reuse some standard config files but
831 need to write a few new ones, probably a @file{board.cfg} file.
832 You will be using commands described later in this User's Guide,
833 and working with the guidelines in the next chapter.
834
835 For example, there may be configuration files for your JTAG adapter
836 and target chip, but you need a new board-specific config file
837 giving access to your particular flash chips.
838 Or you might need to write another target chip configuration file
839 for a new chip built around the Cortex M3 core.
840
841 @quotation Note
842 When you write new configuration files, please submit
843 them for inclusion in the next OpenOCD release.
844 For example, a @file{board/newboard.cfg} file will help the
845 next users of that board, and a @file{target/newcpu.cfg}
846 will help support users of any board using that chip.
847 @end quotation
848
849 @item
850 You may may need to write some C code.
851 It may be as simple as a supporting a new ft2232 or parport
852 based dongle; a bit more involved, like a NAND or NOR flash
853 controller driver; or a big piece of work like supporting
854 a new chip architecture.
855 @end itemize
856
857 Reuse the existing config files when you can.
858 Look first in the @file{scripts/boards} area, then @file{scripts/targets}.
859 You may find a board configuration that's a good example to follow.
860
861 When you write config files, separate the reusable parts
862 (things every user of that interface, chip, or board needs)
863 from ones specific to your environment and debugging approach.
864 @itemize
865
866 @item
867 For example, a @code{gdb-attach} event handler that invokes
868 the @command{reset init} command will interfere with debugging
869 early boot code, which performs some of the same actions
870 that the @code{reset-init} event handler does.
871
872 @item
873 Likewise, the @command{arm9 vector_catch} command (or
874 @cindex vector_catch
875 its siblings @command{xscale vector_catch}
876 and @command{cortex_m3 vector_catch}) can be a timesaver
877 during some debug sessions, but don't make everyone use that either.
878 Keep those kinds of debugging aids in your user config file,
879 along with messaging and tracing setup.
880 (@xref{Software Debug Messages and Tracing}.)
881
882 @item
883 You might need to override some defaults.
884 For example, you might need to move, shrink, or back up the target's
885 work area if your application needs much SRAM.
886
887 @item
888 TCP/IP port configuration is another example of something which
889 is environment-specific, and should only appear in
890 a user config file. @xref{TCP/IP Ports}.
891 @end itemize
892
893 @section Project-Specific Utilities
894
895 A few project-specific utility
896 routines may well speed up your work.
897 Write them, and keep them in your project's user config file.
898
899 For example, if you are making a boot loader work on a
900 board, it's nice to be able to debug the ``after it's
901 loaded to RAM'' parts separately from the finicky early
902 code which sets up the DDR RAM controller and clocks.
903 A script like this one, or a more GDB-aware sibling,
904 may help:
905
906 @example
907 proc ramboot @{ @} @{
908 # Reset, running the target's "reset-init" scripts
909 # to initialize clocks and the DDR RAM controller.
910 # Leave the CPU halted.
911 reset init
912
913 # Load CONFIG_SKIP_LOWLEVEL_INIT version into DDR RAM.
914 load_image u-boot.bin 0x20000000
915
916 # Start running.
917 resume 0x20000000
918 @}
919 @end example
920
921 Then once that code is working you will need to make it
922 boot from NOR flash; a different utility would help.
923 Alternatively, some developers write to flash using GDB.
924 (You might use a similar script if you're working with a flash
925 based microcontroller application instead of a boot loader.)
926
927 @example
928 proc newboot @{ @} @{
929 # Reset, leaving the CPU halted. The "reset-init" event
930 # proc gives faster access to the CPU and to NOR flash;
931 # "reset halt" would be slower.
932 reset init
933
934 # Write standard version of U-Boot into the first two
935 # sectors of NOR flash ... the standard version should
936 # do the same lowlevel init as "reset-init".
937 flash protect 0 0 1 off
938 flash erase_sector 0 0 1
939 flash write_bank 0 u-boot.bin 0x0
940 flash protect 0 0 1 on
941
942 # Reboot from scratch using that new boot loader.
943 reset run
944 @}
945 @end example
946
947 You may need more complicated utility procedures when booting
948 from NAND.
949 That often involves an extra bootloader stage,
950 running from on-chip SRAM to perform DDR RAM setup so it can load
951 the main bootloader code (which won't fit into that SRAM).
952
953 Other helper scripts might be used to write production system images,
954 involving considerably more than just a three stage bootloader.
955
956 @section Target Software Changes
957
958 Sometimes you may want to make some small changes to the software
959 you're developing, to help make JTAG debugging work better.
960 For example, in C or assembly language code you might
961 use @code{#ifdef JTAG_DEBUG} (or its converse) around code
962 handling issues like:
963
964 @itemize @bullet
965
966 @item @b{Watchdog Timers}...
967 Watchog timers are typically used to automatically reset systems if
968 some application task doesn't periodically reset the timer. (The
969 assumption is that the system has locked up if the task can't run.)
970 When a JTAG debugger halts the system, that task won't be able to run
971 and reset the timer ... potentially causing resets in the middle of
972 your debug sessions.
973
974 It's rarely a good idea to disable such watchdogs, since their usage
975 needs to be debugged just like all other parts of your firmware.
976 That might however be your only option.
977
978 Look instead for chip-specific ways to stop the watchdog from counting
979 while the system is in a debug halt state. It may be simplest to set
980 that non-counting mode in your debugger startup scripts. You may however
981 need a different approach when, for example, a motor could be physically
982 damaged by firmware remaining inactive in a debug halt state. That might
983 involve a type of firmware mode where that "non-counting" mode is disabled
984 at the beginning then re-enabled at the end; a watchdog reset might fire
985 and complicate the debug session, but hardware (or people) would be
986 protected.@footnote{Note that many systems support a "monitor mode" debug
987 that is a somewhat cleaner way to address such issues. You can think of
988 it as only halting part of the system, maybe just one task,
989 instead of the whole thing.
990 At this writing, January 2010, OpenOCD based debugging does not support
991 monitor mode debug, only "halt mode" debug.}
992
993 @item @b{ARM Semihosting}...
994 @cindex ARM semihosting
995 When linked with a special runtime library provided with many
996 toolchains@footnote{See chapter 8 "Semihosting" in
997 @uref{http://infocenter.arm.com/help/topic/com.arm.doc.dui0203i/DUI0203I_rvct_developer_guide.pdf,
998 ARM DUI 0203I}, the "RealView Compilation Tools Developer Guide".
999 The CodeSourcery EABI toolchain also includes a semihosting library.},
1000 your target code can use I/O facilities on the debug host. That library
1001 provides a small set of system calls which are handled by OpenOCD.
1002 It can let the debugger provide your system console and a file system,
1003 helping with early debugging or providing a more capable environment
1004 for sometimes-complex tasks like installing system firmware onto
1005 NAND or SPI flash.
1006
1007 @item @b{ARM Wait-For-Interrupt}...
1008 Many ARM chips synchronize the JTAG clock using the core clock.
1009 Low power states which stop that core clock thus prevent JTAG access.
1010 Idle loops in tasking environments often enter those low power states
1011 via the @code{WFI} instruction (or its coprocessor equivalent, before ARMv7).
1012
1013 You may want to @emph{disable that instruction} in source code,
1014 or otherwise prevent using that state,
1015 to ensure you can get JTAG access at any time.@footnote{As a more
1016 polite alternative, some processors have special debug-oriented
1017 registers which can be used to change various features including
1018 how the low power states are clocked while debugging.
1019 The STM32 DBGMCU_CR register is an example; at the cost of extra
1020 power consumption, JTAG can be used during low power states.}
1021 For example, the OpenOCD @command{halt} command may not
1022 work for an idle processor otherwise.
1023
1024 @item @b{Delay after reset}...
1025 Not all chips have good support for debugger access
1026 right after reset; many LPC2xxx chips have issues here.
1027 Similarly, applications that reconfigure pins used for
1028 JTAG access as they start will also block debugger access.
1029
1030 To work with boards like this, @emph{enable a short delay loop}
1031 the first thing after reset, before "real" startup activities.
1032 For example, one second's delay is usually more than enough
1033 time for a JTAG debugger to attach, so that
1034 early code execution can be debugged
1035 or firmware can be replaced.
1036
1037 @item @b{Debug Communications Channel (DCC)}...
1038 Some processors include mechanisms to send messages over JTAG.
1039 Many ARM cores support these, as do some cores from other vendors.
1040 (OpenOCD may be able to use this DCC internally, speeding up some
1041 operations like writing to memory.)
1042
1043 Your application may want to deliver various debugging messages
1044 over JTAG, by @emph{linking with a small library of code}
1045 provided with OpenOCD and using the utilities there to send
1046 various kinds of message.
1047 @xref{Software Debug Messages and Tracing}.
1048
1049 @end itemize
1050
1051 @section Target Hardware Setup
1052
1053 Chip vendors often provide software development boards which
1054 are highly configurable, so that they can support all options
1055 that product boards may require. @emph{Make sure that any
1056 jumpers or switches match the system configuration you are
1057 working with.}
1058
1059 Common issues include:
1060
1061 @itemize @bullet
1062
1063 @item @b{JTAG setup} ...
1064 Boards may support more than one JTAG configuration.
1065 Examples include jumpers controlling pullups versus pulldowns
1066 on the nTRST and/or nSRST signals, and choice of connectors
1067 (e.g. which of two headers on the base board,
1068 or one from a daughtercard).
1069 For some Texas Instruments boards, you may need to jumper the
1070 EMU0 and EMU1 signals (which OpenOCD won't currently control).
1071
1072 @item @b{Boot Modes} ...
1073 Complex chips often support multiple boot modes, controlled
1074 by external jumpers. Make sure this is set up correctly.
1075 For example many i.MX boards from NXP need to be jumpered
1076 to "ATX mode" to start booting using the on-chip ROM, when
1077 using second stage bootloader code stored in a NAND flash chip.
1078
1079 Such explicit configuration is common, and not limited to
1080 booting from NAND. You might also need to set jumpers to
1081 start booting using code loaded from an MMC/SD card; external
1082 SPI flash; Ethernet, UART, or USB links; NOR flash; OneNAND
1083 flash; some external host; or various other sources.
1084
1085
1086 @item @b{Memory Addressing} ...
1087 Boards which support multiple boot modes may also have jumpers
1088 to configure memory addressing. One board, for example, jumpers
1089 external chipselect 0 (used for booting) to address either
1090 a large SRAM (which must be pre-loaded via JTAG), NOR flash,
1091 or NAND flash. When it's jumpered to address NAND flash, that
1092 board must also be told to start booting from on-chip ROM.
1093
1094 Your @file{board.cfg} file may also need to be told this jumper
1095 configuration, so that it can know whether to declare NOR flash
1096 using @command{flash bank} or instead declare NAND flash with
1097 @command{nand device}; and likewise which probe to perform in
1098 its @code{reset-init} handler.
1099
1100 A closely related issue is bus width. Jumpers might need to
1101 distinguish between 8 bit or 16 bit bus access for the flash
1102 used to start booting.
1103
1104 @item @b{Peripheral Access} ...
1105 Development boards generally provide access to every peripheral
1106 on the chip, sometimes in multiple modes (such as by providing
1107 multiple audio codec chips).
1108 This interacts with software
1109 configuration of pin multiplexing, where for example a
1110 given pin may be routed either to the MMC/SD controller
1111 or the GPIO controller. It also often interacts with
1112 configuration jumpers. One jumper may be used to route
1113 signals to an MMC/SD card slot or an expansion bus (which
1114 might in turn affect booting); others might control which
1115 audio or video codecs are used.
1116
1117 @end itemize
1118
1119 Plus you should of course have @code{reset-init} event handlers
1120 which set up the hardware to match that jumper configuration.
1121 That includes in particular any oscillator or PLL used to clock
1122 the CPU, and any memory controllers needed to access external
1123 memory and peripherals. Without such handlers, you won't be
1124 able to access those resources without working target firmware
1125 which can do that setup ... this can be awkward when you're
1126 trying to debug that target firmware. Even if there's a ROM
1127 bootloader which handles a few issues, it rarely provides full
1128 access to all board-specific capabilities.
1129
1130
1131 @node Config File Guidelines
1132 @chapter Config File Guidelines
1133
1134 This chapter is aimed at any user who needs to write a config file,
1135 including developers and integrators of OpenOCD and any user who
1136 needs to get a new board working smoothly.
1137 It provides guidelines for creating those files.
1138
1139 You should find the following directories under @t{$(INSTALLDIR)/scripts},
1140 with files including the ones listed here.
1141 Use them as-is where you can; or as models for new files.
1142 @itemize @bullet
1143 @item @file{interface} ...
1144 think JTAG Dongle. Files that configure JTAG adapters go here.
1145 @example
1146 $ ls interface
1147 arm-jtag-ew.cfg hitex_str9-comstick.cfg oocdlink.cfg
1148 arm-usb-ocd.cfg icebear.cfg openocd-usb.cfg
1149 at91rm9200.cfg jlink.cfg parport.cfg
1150 axm0432.cfg jtagkey2.cfg parport_dlc5.cfg
1151 calao-usb-a9260-c01.cfg jtagkey.cfg rlink.cfg
1152 calao-usb-a9260-c02.cfg jtagkey-tiny.cfg sheevaplug.cfg
1153 calao-usb-a9260.cfg luminary.cfg signalyzer.cfg
1154 chameleon.cfg luminary-icdi.cfg stm32-stick.cfg
1155 cortino.cfg luminary-lm3s811.cfg turtelizer2.cfg
1156 dummy.cfg olimex-arm-usb-ocd.cfg usbprog.cfg
1157 flyswatter.cfg olimex-jtag-tiny.cfg vsllink.cfg
1158 $
1159 @end example
1160 @item @file{board} ...
1161 think Circuit Board, PWA, PCB, they go by many names. Board files
1162 contain initialization items that are specific to a board.
1163 They reuse target configuration files, since the same
1164 microprocessor chips are used on many boards,
1165 but support for external parts varies widely. For
1166 example, the SDRAM initialization sequence for the board, or the type
1167 of external flash and what address it uses. Any initialization
1168 sequence to enable that external flash or SDRAM should be found in the
1169 board file. Boards may also contain multiple targets: two CPUs; or
1170 a CPU and an FPGA.
1171 @example
1172 $ ls board
1173 arm_evaluator7t.cfg keil_mcb1700.cfg
1174 at91rm9200-dk.cfg keil_mcb2140.cfg
1175 at91sam9g20-ek.cfg linksys_nslu2.cfg
1176 atmel_at91sam7s-ek.cfg logicpd_imx27.cfg
1177 atmel_at91sam9260-ek.cfg mini2440.cfg
1178 atmel_sam3u_ek.cfg olimex_LPC2378STK.cfg
1179 crossbow_tech_imote2.cfg olimex_lpc_h2148.cfg
1180 csb337.cfg olimex_sam7_ex256.cfg
1181 csb732.cfg olimex_sam9_l9260.cfg
1182 digi_connectcore_wi-9c.cfg olimex_stm32_h103.cfg
1183 dm355evm.cfg omap2420_h4.cfg
1184 dm365evm.cfg osk5912.cfg
1185 dm6446evm.cfg pic-p32mx.cfg
1186 eir.cfg propox_mmnet1001.cfg
1187 ek-lm3s1968.cfg pxa255_sst.cfg
1188 ek-lm3s3748.cfg sheevaplug.cfg
1189 ek-lm3s811.cfg stm3210e_eval.cfg
1190 ek-lm3s9b9x.cfg stm32f10x_128k_eval.cfg
1191 hammer.cfg str910-eval.cfg
1192 hitex_lpc2929.cfg telo.cfg
1193 hitex_stm32-performancestick.cfg ti_beagleboard.cfg
1194 hitex_str9-comstick.cfg topas910.cfg
1195 iar_str912_sk.cfg topasa900.cfg
1196 imx27ads.cfg unknown_at91sam9260.cfg
1197 imx27lnst.cfg x300t.cfg
1198 imx31pdk.cfg zy1000.cfg
1199 $
1200 @end example
1201 @item @file{target} ...
1202 think chip. The ``target'' directory represents the JTAG TAPs
1203 on a chip
1204 which OpenOCD should control, not a board. Two common types of targets
1205 are ARM chips and FPGA or CPLD chips.
1206 When a chip has multiple TAPs (maybe it has both ARM and DSP cores),
1207 the target config file defines all of them.
1208 @example
1209 $ ls target
1210 aduc702x.cfg imx27.cfg pxa255.cfg
1211 ar71xx.cfg imx31.cfg pxa270.cfg
1212 at91eb40a.cfg imx35.cfg readme.txt
1213 at91r40008.cfg is5114.cfg sam7se512.cfg
1214 at91rm9200.cfg ixp42x.cfg sam7x256.cfg
1215 at91sam3u1c.cfg lm3s1968.cfg samsung_s3c2410.cfg
1216 at91sam3u1e.cfg lm3s3748.cfg samsung_s3c2440.cfg
1217 at91sam3u2c.cfg lm3s6965.cfg samsung_s3c2450.cfg
1218 at91sam3u2e.cfg lm3s811.cfg samsung_s3c4510.cfg
1219 at91sam3u4c.cfg lm3s9b9x.cfg samsung_s3c6410.cfg
1220 at91sam3u4e.cfg lpc1768.cfg sharp_lh79532.cfg
1221 at91sam3uXX.cfg lpc2103.cfg smdk6410.cfg
1222 at91sam7sx.cfg lpc2124.cfg smp8634.cfg
1223 at91sam9260.cfg lpc2129.cfg stm32.cfg
1224 c100.cfg lpc2148.cfg str710.cfg
1225 c100config.tcl lpc2294.cfg str730.cfg
1226 c100helper.tcl lpc2378.cfg str750.cfg
1227 c100regs.tcl lpc2478.cfg str912.cfg
1228 cs351x.cfg lpc2900.cfg telo.cfg
1229 davinci.cfg mega128.cfg ti_dm355.cfg
1230 dragonite.cfg netx500.cfg ti_dm365.cfg
1231 epc9301.cfg omap2420.cfg ti_dm6446.cfg
1232 feroceon.cfg omap3530.cfg tmpa900.cfg
1233 icepick.cfg omap5912.cfg tmpa910.cfg
1234 imx21.cfg pic32mx.cfg xba_revA3.cfg
1235 $
1236 @end example
1237 @item @emph{more} ... browse for other library files which may be useful.
1238 For example, there are various generic and CPU-specific utilities.
1239 @end itemize
1240
1241 The @file{openocd.cfg} user config
1242 file may override features in any of the above files by
1243 setting variables before sourcing the target file, or by adding
1244 commands specific to their situation.
1245
1246 @section Interface Config Files
1247
1248 The user config file
1249 should be able to source one of these files with a command like this:
1250
1251 @example
1252 source [find interface/FOOBAR.cfg]
1253 @end example
1254
1255 A preconfigured interface file should exist for every interface in use
1256 today, that said, perhaps some interfaces have only been used by the
1257 sole developer who created it.
1258
1259 A separate chapter gives information about how to set these up.
1260 @xref{Interface - Dongle Configuration}.
1261 Read the OpenOCD source code if you have a new kind of hardware interface
1262 and need to provide a driver for it.
1263
1264 @section Board Config Files
1265 @cindex config file, board
1266 @cindex board config file
1267
1268 The user config file
1269 should be able to source one of these files with a command like this:
1270
1271 @example
1272 source [find board/FOOBAR.cfg]
1273 @end example
1274
1275 The point of a board config file is to package everything
1276 about a given board that user config files need to know.
1277 In summary the board files should contain (if present)
1278
1279 @enumerate
1280 @item One or more @command{source [target/...cfg]} statements
1281 @item NOR flash configuration (@pxref{NOR Configuration})
1282 @item NAND flash configuration (@pxref{NAND Configuration})
1283 @item Target @code{reset} handlers for SDRAM and I/O configuration
1284 @item JTAG adapter reset configuration (@pxref{Reset Configuration})
1285 @item All things that are not ``inside a chip''
1286 @end enumerate
1287
1288 Generic things inside target chips belong in target config files,
1289 not board config files. So for example a @code{reset-init} event
1290 handler should know board-specific oscillator and PLL parameters,
1291 which it passes to target-specific utility code.
1292
1293 The most complex task of a board config file is creating such a
1294 @code{reset-init} event handler.
1295 Define those handlers last, after you verify the rest of the board
1296 configuration works.
1297
1298 @subsection Communication Between Config files
1299
1300 In addition to target-specific utility code, another way that
1301 board and target config files communicate is by following a
1302 convention on how to use certain variables.
1303
1304 The full Tcl/Tk language supports ``namespaces'', but JIM-Tcl does not.
1305 Thus the rule we follow in OpenOCD is this: Variables that begin with
1306 a leading underscore are temporary in nature, and can be modified and
1307 used at will within a target configuration file.
1308
1309 Complex board config files can do the things like this,
1310 for a board with three chips:
1311
1312 @example
1313 # Chip #1: PXA270 for network side, big endian
1314 set CHIPNAME network
1315 set ENDIAN big
1316 source [find target/pxa270.cfg]
1317 # on return: _TARGETNAME = network.cpu
1318 # other commands can refer to the "network.cpu" target.
1319 $_TARGETNAME configure .... events for this CPU..
1320
1321 # Chip #2: PXA270 for video side, little endian
1322 set CHIPNAME video
1323 set ENDIAN little
1324 source [find target/pxa270.cfg]
1325 # on return: _TARGETNAME = video.cpu
1326 # other commands can refer to the "video.cpu" target.
1327 $_TARGETNAME configure .... events for this CPU..
1328
1329 # Chip #3: Xilinx FPGA for glue logic
1330 set CHIPNAME xilinx
1331 unset ENDIAN
1332 source [find target/spartan3.cfg]
1333 @end example
1334
1335 That example is oversimplified because it doesn't show any flash memory,
1336 or the @code{reset-init} event handlers to initialize external DRAM
1337 or (assuming it needs it) load a configuration into the FPGA.
1338 Such features are usually needed for low-level work with many boards,
1339 where ``low level'' implies that the board initialization software may
1340 not be working. (That's a common reason to need JTAG tools. Another
1341 is to enable working with microcontroller-based systems, which often
1342 have no debugging support except a JTAG connector.)
1343
1344 Target config files may also export utility functions to board and user
1345 config files. Such functions should use name prefixes, to help avoid
1346 naming collisions.
1347
1348 Board files could also accept input variables from user config files.
1349 For example, there might be a @code{J4_JUMPER} setting used to identify
1350 what kind of flash memory a development board is using, or how to set
1351 up other clocks and peripherals.
1352
1353 @subsection Variable Naming Convention
1354 @cindex variable names
1355
1356 Most boards have only one instance of a chip.
1357 However, it should be easy to create a board with more than
1358 one such chip (as shown above).
1359 Accordingly, we encourage these conventions for naming
1360 variables associated with different @file{target.cfg} files,
1361 to promote consistency and
1362 so that board files can override target defaults.
1363
1364 Inputs to target config files include:
1365
1366 @itemize @bullet
1367 @item @code{CHIPNAME} ...
1368 This gives a name to the overall chip, and is used as part of
1369 tap identifier dotted names.
1370 While the default is normally provided by the chip manufacturer,
1371 board files may need to distinguish between instances of a chip.
1372 @item @code{ENDIAN} ...
1373 By default @option{little} - although chips may hard-wire @option{big}.
1374 Chips that can't change endianness don't need to use this variable.
1375 @item @code{CPUTAPID} ...
1376 When OpenOCD examines the JTAG chain, it can be told verify the
1377 chips against the JTAG IDCODE register.
1378 The target file will hold one or more defaults, but sometimes the
1379 chip in a board will use a different ID (perhaps a newer revision).
1380 @end itemize
1381
1382 Outputs from target config files include:
1383
1384 @itemize @bullet
1385 @item @code{_TARGETNAME} ...
1386 By convention, this variable is created by the target configuration
1387 script. The board configuration file may make use of this variable to
1388 configure things like a ``reset init'' script, or other things
1389 specific to that board and that target.
1390 If the chip has 2 targets, the names are @code{_TARGETNAME0},
1391 @code{_TARGETNAME1}, ... etc.
1392 @end itemize
1393
1394 @subsection The reset-init Event Handler
1395 @cindex event, reset-init
1396 @cindex reset-init handler
1397
1398 Board config files run in the OpenOCD configuration stage;
1399 they can't use TAPs or targets, since they haven't been
1400 fully set up yet.
1401 This means you can't write memory or access chip registers;
1402 you can't even verify that a flash chip is present.
1403 That's done later in event handlers, of which the target @code{reset-init}
1404 handler is one of the most important.
1405
1406 Except on microcontrollers, the basic job of @code{reset-init} event
1407 handlers is setting up flash and DRAM, as normally handled by boot loaders.
1408 Microcontrollers rarely use boot loaders; they run right out of their
1409 on-chip flash and SRAM memory. But they may want to use one of these
1410 handlers too, if just for developer convenience.
1411
1412 @quotation Note
1413 Because this is so very board-specific, and chip-specific, no examples
1414 are included here.
1415 Instead, look at the board config files distributed with OpenOCD.
1416 If you have a boot loader, its source code will help; so will
1417 configuration files for other JTAG tools
1418 (@pxref{Translating Configuration Files}).
1419 @end quotation
1420
1421 Some of this code could probably be shared between different boards.
1422 For example, setting up a DRAM controller often doesn't differ by
1423 much except the bus width (16 bits or 32?) and memory timings, so a
1424 reusable TCL procedure loaded by the @file{target.cfg} file might take
1425 those as parameters.
1426 Similarly with oscillator, PLL, and clock setup;
1427 and disabling the watchdog.
1428 Structure the code cleanly, and provide comments to help
1429 the next developer doing such work.
1430 (@emph{You might be that next person} trying to reuse init code!)
1431
1432 The last thing normally done in a @code{reset-init} handler is probing
1433 whatever flash memory was configured. For most chips that needs to be
1434 done while the associated target is halted, either because JTAG memory
1435 access uses the CPU or to prevent conflicting CPU access.
1436
1437 @subsection JTAG Clock Rate
1438
1439 Before your @code{reset-init} handler has set up
1440 the PLLs and clocking, you may need to run with
1441 a low JTAG clock rate.
1442 @xref{JTAG Speed}.
1443 Then you'd increase that rate after your handler has
1444 made it possible to use the faster JTAG clock.
1445 When the initial low speed is board-specific, for example
1446 because it depends on a board-specific oscillator speed, then
1447 you should probably set it up in the board config file;
1448 if it's target-specific, it belongs in the target config file.
1449
1450 For most ARM-based processors the fastest JTAG clock@footnote{A FAQ
1451 @uref{http://www.arm.com/support/faqdev/4170.html} gives details.}
1452 is one sixth of the CPU clock; or one eighth for ARM11 cores.
1453 Consult chip documentation to determine the peak JTAG clock rate,
1454 which might be less than that.
1455
1456 @quotation Warning
1457 On most ARMs, JTAG clock detection is coupled to the core clock, so
1458 software using a @option{wait for interrupt} operation blocks JTAG access.
1459 Adaptive clocking provides a partial workaround, but a more complete
1460 solution just avoids using that instruction with JTAG debuggers.
1461 @end quotation
1462
1463 If both the chip and the board support adaptive clocking,
1464 use the @command{jtag_rclk}
1465 command, in case your board is used with JTAG adapter which
1466 also supports it. Otherwise use @command{jtag_khz}.
1467 Set the slow rate at the beginning of the reset sequence,
1468 and the faster rate as soon as the clocks are at full speed.
1469
1470 @section Target Config Files
1471 @cindex config file, target
1472 @cindex target config file
1473
1474 Board config files communicate with target config files using
1475 naming conventions as described above, and may source one or
1476 more target config files like this:
1477
1478 @example
1479 source [find target/FOOBAR.cfg]
1480 @end example
1481
1482 The point of a target config file is to package everything
1483 about a given chip that board config files need to know.
1484 In summary the target files should contain
1485
1486 @enumerate
1487 @item Set defaults
1488 @item Add TAPs to the scan chain
1489 @item Add CPU targets (includes GDB support)
1490 @item CPU/Chip/CPU-Core specific features
1491 @item On-Chip flash
1492 @end enumerate
1493
1494 As a rule of thumb, a target file sets up only one chip.
1495 For a microcontroller, that will often include a single TAP,
1496 which is a CPU needing a GDB target, and its on-chip flash.
1497
1498 More complex chips may include multiple TAPs, and the target
1499 config file may need to define them all before OpenOCD
1500 can talk to the chip.
1501 For example, some phone chips have JTAG scan chains that include
1502 an ARM core for operating system use, a DSP,
1503 another ARM core embedded in an image processing engine,
1504 and other processing engines.
1505
1506 @subsection Default Value Boiler Plate Code
1507
1508 All target configuration files should start with code like this,
1509 letting board config files express environment-specific
1510 differences in how things should be set up.
1511
1512 @example
1513 # Boards may override chip names, perhaps based on role,
1514 # but the default should match what the vendor uses
1515 if @{ [info exists CHIPNAME] @} @{
1516 set _CHIPNAME $CHIPNAME
1517 @} else @{
1518 set _CHIPNAME sam7x256
1519 @}
1520
1521 # ONLY use ENDIAN with targets that can change it.
1522 if @{ [info exists ENDIAN] @} @{
1523 set _ENDIAN $ENDIAN
1524 @} else @{
1525 set _ENDIAN little
1526 @}
1527
1528 # TAP identifiers may change as chips mature, for example with
1529 # new revision fields (the "3" here). Pick a good default; you
1530 # can pass several such identifiers to the "jtag newtap" command.
1531 if @{ [info exists CPUTAPID ] @} @{
1532 set _CPUTAPID $CPUTAPID
1533 @} else @{
1534 set _CPUTAPID 0x3f0f0f0f
1535 @}
1536 @end example
1537 @c but 0x3f0f0f0f is for an str73x part ...
1538
1539 @emph{Remember:} Board config files may include multiple target
1540 config files, or the same target file multiple times
1541 (changing at least @code{CHIPNAME}).
1542
1543 Likewise, the target configuration file should define
1544 @code{_TARGETNAME} (or @code{_TARGETNAME0} etc) and
1545 use it later on when defining debug targets:
1546
1547 @example
1548 set _TARGETNAME $_CHIPNAME.cpu
1549 target create $_TARGETNAME arm7tdmi -chain-position $_TARGETNAME
1550 @end example
1551
1552 @subsection Adding TAPs to the Scan Chain
1553 After the ``defaults'' are set up,
1554 add the TAPs on each chip to the JTAG scan chain.
1555 @xref{TAP Declaration}, and the naming convention
1556 for taps.
1557
1558 In the simplest case the chip has only one TAP,
1559 probably for a CPU or FPGA.
1560 The config file for the Atmel AT91SAM7X256
1561 looks (in part) like this:
1562
1563 @example
1564 jtag newtap $_CHIPNAME cpu -irlen 4 -expected-id $_CPUTAPID
1565 @end example
1566
1567 A board with two such at91sam7 chips would be able
1568 to source such a config file twice, with different
1569 values for @code{CHIPNAME}, so
1570 it adds a different TAP each time.
1571
1572 If there are nonzero @option{-expected-id} values,
1573 OpenOCD attempts to verify the actual tap id against those values.
1574 It will issue error messages if there is mismatch, which
1575 can help to pinpoint problems in OpenOCD configurations.
1576
1577 @example
1578 JTAG tap: sam7x256.cpu tap/device found: 0x3f0f0f0f
1579 (Manufacturer: 0x787, Part: 0xf0f0, Version: 0x3)
1580 ERROR: Tap: sam7x256.cpu - Expected id: 0x12345678, Got: 0x3f0f0f0f
1581 ERROR: expected: mfg: 0x33c, part: 0x2345, ver: 0x1
1582 ERROR: got: mfg: 0x787, part: 0xf0f0, ver: 0x3
1583 @end example
1584
1585 There are more complex examples too, with chips that have
1586 multiple TAPs. Ones worth looking at include:
1587
1588 @itemize
1589 @item @file{target/omap3530.cfg} -- with disabled ARM and DSP,
1590 plus a JRC to enable them
1591 @item @file{target/str912.cfg} -- with flash, CPU, and boundary scan
1592 @item @file{target/ti_dm355.cfg} -- with ETM, ARM, and JRC (this JRC
1593 is not currently used)
1594 @end itemize
1595
1596 @subsection Add CPU targets
1597
1598 After adding a TAP for a CPU, you should set it up so that
1599 GDB and other commands can use it.
1600 @xref{CPU Configuration}.
1601 For the at91sam7 example above, the command can look like this;
1602 note that @code{$_ENDIAN} is not needed, since OpenOCD defaults
1603 to little endian, and this chip doesn't support changing that.
1604
1605 @example
1606 set _TARGETNAME $_CHIPNAME.cpu
1607 target create $_TARGETNAME arm7tdmi -chain-position $_TARGETNAME
1608 @end example
1609
1610 Work areas are small RAM areas associated with CPU targets.
1611 They are used by OpenOCD to speed up downloads,
1612 and to download small snippets of code to program flash chips.
1613 If the chip includes a form of ``on-chip-ram'' - and many do - define
1614 a work area if you can.
1615 Again using the at91sam7 as an example, this can look like:
1616
1617 @example
1618 $_TARGETNAME configure -work-area-phys 0x00200000 \
1619 -work-area-size 0x4000 -work-area-backup 0
1620 @end example
1621
1622 @subsection Chip Reset Setup
1623
1624 As a rule, you should put the @command{reset_config} command
1625 into the board file. Most things you think you know about a
1626 chip can be tweaked by the board.
1627
1628 Some chips have specific ways the TRST and SRST signals are
1629 managed. In the unusual case that these are @emph{chip specific}
1630 and can never be changed by board wiring, they could go here.
1631 For example, some chips can't support JTAG debugging without
1632 both signals.
1633
1634 Provide a @code{reset-assert} event handler if you can.
1635 Such a handler uses JTAG operations to reset the target,
1636 letting this target config be used in systems which don't
1637 provide the optional SRST signal, or on systems where you
1638 don't want to reset all targets at once.
1639 Such a handler might write to chip registers to force a reset,
1640 use a JRC to do that (preferable -- the target may be wedged!),
1641 or force a watchdog timer to trigger.
1642 (For Cortex-M3 targets, this is not necessary. The target
1643 driver knows how to use trigger an NVIC reset when SRST is
1644 not available.)
1645
1646 Some chips need special attention during reset handling if
1647 they're going to be used with JTAG.
1648 An example might be needing to send some commands right
1649 after the target's TAP has been reset, providing a
1650 @code{reset-deassert-post} event handler that writes a chip
1651 register to report that JTAG debugging is being done.
1652 Another would be reconfiguring the watchdog so that it stops
1653 counting while the core is halted in the debugger.
1654
1655 JTAG clocking constraints often change during reset, and in
1656 some cases target config files (rather than board config files)
1657 are the right places to handle some of those issues.
1658 For example, immediately after reset most chips run using a
1659 slower clock than they will use later.
1660 That means that after reset (and potentially, as OpenOCD
1661 first starts up) they must use a slower JTAG clock rate
1662 than they will use later.
1663 @xref{JTAG Speed}.
1664
1665 @quotation Important
1666 When you are debugging code that runs right after chip
1667 reset, getting these issues right is critical.
1668 In particular, if you see intermittent failures when
1669 OpenOCD verifies the scan chain after reset,
1670 look at how you are setting up JTAG clocking.
1671 @end quotation
1672
1673 @subsection ARM Core Specific Hacks
1674
1675 If the chip has a DCC, enable it. If the chip is an ARM9 with some
1676 special high speed download features - enable it.
1677
1678 If present, the MMU, the MPU and the CACHE should be disabled.
1679
1680 Some ARM cores are equipped with trace support, which permits
1681 examination of the instruction and data bus activity. Trace
1682 activity is controlled through an ``Embedded Trace Module'' (ETM)
1683 on one of the core's scan chains. The ETM emits voluminous data
1684 through a ``trace port''. (@xref{ARM Hardware Tracing}.)
1685 If you are using an external trace port,
1686 configure it in your board config file.
1687 If you are using an on-chip ``Embedded Trace Buffer'' (ETB),
1688 configure it in your target config file.
1689
1690 @example
1691 etm config $_TARGETNAME 16 normal full etb
1692 etb config $_TARGETNAME $_CHIPNAME.etb
1693 @end example
1694
1695 @subsection Internal Flash Configuration
1696
1697 This applies @b{ONLY TO MICROCONTROLLERS} that have flash built in.
1698
1699 @b{Never ever} in the ``target configuration file'' define any type of
1700 flash that is external to the chip. (For example a BOOT flash on
1701 Chip Select 0.) Such flash information goes in a board file - not
1702 the TARGET (chip) file.
1703
1704 Examples:
1705 @itemize @bullet
1706 @item at91sam7x256 - has 256K flash YES enable it.
1707 @item str912 - has flash internal YES enable it.
1708 @item imx27 - uses boot flash on CS0 - it goes in the board file.
1709 @item pxa270 - again - CS0 flash - it goes in the board file.
1710 @end itemize
1711
1712 @anchor{Translating Configuration Files}
1713 @section Translating Configuration Files
1714 @cindex translation
1715 If you have a configuration file for another hardware debugger
1716 or toolset (Abatron, BDI2000, BDI3000, CCS,
1717 Lauterbach, Segger, Macraigor, etc.), translating
1718 it into OpenOCD syntax is often quite straightforward. The most tricky
1719 part of creating a configuration script is oftentimes the reset init
1720 sequence where e.g. PLLs, DRAM and the like is set up.
1721
1722 One trick that you can use when translating is to write small
1723 Tcl procedures to translate the syntax into OpenOCD syntax. This
1724 can avoid manual translation errors and make it easier to
1725 convert other scripts later on.
1726
1727 Example of transforming quirky arguments to a simple search and
1728 replace job:
1729
1730 @example
1731 # Lauterbach syntax(?)
1732 #
1733 # Data.Set c15:0x042f %long 0x40000015
1734 #
1735 # OpenOCD syntax when using procedure below.
1736 #
1737 # setc15 0x01 0x00050078
1738
1739 proc setc15 @{regs value@} @{
1740 global TARGETNAME
1741
1742 echo [format "set p15 0x%04x, 0x%08x" $regs $value]
1743
1744 arm mcr 15 [expr ($regs>>12)&0x7] \
1745 [expr ($regs>>0)&0xf] [expr ($regs>>4)&0xf] \
1746 [expr ($regs>>8)&0x7] $value
1747 @}
1748 @end example
1749
1750
1751
1752 @node Daemon Configuration
1753 @chapter Daemon Configuration
1754 @cindex initialization
1755 The commands here are commonly found in the openocd.cfg file and are
1756 used to specify what TCP/IP ports are used, and how GDB should be
1757 supported.
1758
1759 @anchor{Configuration Stage}
1760 @section Configuration Stage
1761 @cindex configuration stage
1762 @cindex config command
1763
1764 When the OpenOCD server process starts up, it enters a
1765 @emph{configuration stage} which is the only time that
1766 certain commands, @emph{configuration commands}, may be issued.
1767 Normally, configuration commands are only available
1768 inside startup scripts.
1769
1770 In this manual, the definition of a configuration command is
1771 presented as a @emph{Config Command}, not as a @emph{Command}
1772 which may be issued interactively.
1773 The runtime @command{help} command also highlights configuration
1774 commands, and those which may be issued at any time.
1775
1776 Those configuration commands include declaration of TAPs,
1777 flash banks,
1778 the interface used for JTAG communication,
1779 and other basic setup.
1780 The server must leave the configuration stage before it
1781 may access or activate TAPs.
1782 After it leaves this stage, configuration commands may no
1783 longer be issued.
1784
1785 @section Entering the Run Stage
1786
1787 The first thing OpenOCD does after leaving the configuration
1788 stage is to verify that it can talk to the scan chain
1789 (list of TAPs) which has been configured.
1790 It will warn if it doesn't find TAPs it expects to find,
1791 or finds TAPs that aren't supposed to be there.
1792 You should see no errors at this point.
1793 If you see errors, resolve them by correcting the
1794 commands you used to configure the server.
1795 Common errors include using an initial JTAG speed that's too
1796 fast, and not providing the right IDCODE values for the TAPs
1797 on the scan chain.
1798
1799 Once OpenOCD has entered the run stage, a number of commands
1800 become available.
1801 A number of these relate to the debug targets you may have declared.
1802 For example, the @command{mww} command will not be available until
1803 a target has been successfuly instantiated.
1804 If you want to use those commands, you may need to force
1805 entry to the run stage.
1806
1807 @deffn {Config Command} init
1808 This command terminates the configuration stage and
1809 enters the run stage. This helps when you need to have
1810 the startup scripts manage tasks such as resetting the target,
1811 programming flash, etc. To reset the CPU upon startup, add "init" and
1812 "reset" at the end of the config script or at the end of the OpenOCD
1813 command line using the @option{-c} command line switch.
1814
1815 If this command does not appear in any startup/configuration file
1816 OpenOCD executes the command for you after processing all
1817 configuration files and/or command line options.
1818
1819 @b{NOTE:} This command normally occurs at or near the end of your
1820 openocd.cfg file to force OpenOCD to ``initialize'' and make the
1821 targets ready. For example: If your openocd.cfg file needs to
1822 read/write memory on your target, @command{init} must occur before
1823 the memory read/write commands. This includes @command{nand probe}.
1824 @end deffn
1825
1826 @deffn {Overridable Procedure} jtag_init
1827 This is invoked at server startup to verify that it can talk
1828 to the scan chain (list of TAPs) which has been configured.
1829
1830 The default implementation first tries @command{jtag arp_init},
1831 which uses only a lightweight JTAG reset before examining the
1832 scan chain.
1833 If that fails, it tries again, using a harder reset
1834 from the overridable procedure @command{init_reset}.
1835
1836 Implementations must have verified the JTAG scan chain before
1837 they return.
1838 This is done by calling @command{jtag arp_init}
1839 (or @command{jtag arp_init-reset}).
1840 @end deffn
1841
1842 @anchor{TCP/IP Ports}
1843 @section TCP/IP Ports
1844 @cindex TCP port
1845 @cindex server
1846 @cindex port
1847 @cindex security
1848 The OpenOCD server accepts remote commands in several syntaxes.
1849 Each syntax uses a different TCP/IP port, which you may specify
1850 only during configuration (before those ports are opened).
1851
1852 For reasons including security, you may wish to prevent remote
1853 access using one or more of these ports.
1854 In such cases, just specify the relevant port number as zero.
1855 If you disable all access through TCP/IP, you will need to
1856 use the command line @option{-pipe} option.
1857
1858 @deffn {Command} gdb_port [number]
1859 @cindex GDB server
1860 Specify or query the first port used for incoming GDB connections.
1861 The GDB port for the
1862 first target will be gdb_port, the second target will listen on gdb_port + 1, and so on.
1863 When not specified during the configuration stage,
1864 the port @var{number} defaults to 3333.
1865 When specified as zero, GDB remote access ports are not activated.
1866 @end deffn
1867
1868 @deffn {Command} tcl_port [number]
1869 Specify or query the port used for a simplified RPC
1870 connection that can be used by clients to issue TCL commands and get the
1871 output from the Tcl engine.
1872 Intended as a machine interface.
1873 When not specified during the configuration stage,
1874 the port @var{number} defaults to 6666.
1875 When specified as zero, this port is not activated.
1876 @end deffn
1877
1878 @deffn {Command} telnet_port [number]
1879 Specify or query the
1880 port on which to listen for incoming telnet connections.
1881 This port is intended for interaction with one human through TCL commands.
1882 When not specified during the configuration stage,
1883 the port @var{number} defaults to 4444.
1884 When specified as zero, this port is not activated.
1885 @end deffn
1886
1887 @anchor{GDB Configuration}
1888 @section GDB Configuration
1889 @cindex GDB
1890 @cindex GDB configuration
1891 You can reconfigure some GDB behaviors if needed.
1892 The ones listed here are static and global.
1893 @xref{Target Configuration}, about configuring individual targets.
1894 @xref{Target Events}, about configuring target-specific event handling.
1895
1896 @anchor{gdb_breakpoint_override}
1897 @deffn {Command} gdb_breakpoint_override [@option{hard}|@option{soft}|@option{disable}]
1898 Force breakpoint type for gdb @command{break} commands.
1899 This option supports GDB GUIs which don't
1900 distinguish hard versus soft breakpoints, if the default OpenOCD and
1901 GDB behaviour is not sufficient. GDB normally uses hardware
1902 breakpoints if the memory map has been set up for flash regions.
1903 @end deffn
1904
1905 @anchor{gdb_flash_program}
1906 @deffn {Config Command} gdb_flash_program (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
1907 Set to @option{enable} to cause OpenOCD to program the flash memory when a
1908 vFlash packet is received.
1909 The default behaviour is @option{enable}.
1910 @end deffn
1911
1912 @deffn {Config Command} gdb_memory_map (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
1913 Set to @option{enable} to cause OpenOCD to send the memory configuration to GDB when
1914 requested. GDB will then know when to set hardware breakpoints, and program flash
1915 using the GDB load command. @command{gdb_flash_program enable} must also be enabled
1916 for flash programming to work.
1917 Default behaviour is @option{enable}.
1918 @xref{gdb_flash_program}.
1919 @end deffn
1920
1921 @deffn {Config Command} gdb_report_data_abort (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
1922 Specifies whether data aborts cause an error to be reported
1923 by GDB memory read packets.
1924 The default behaviour is @option{disable};
1925 use @option{enable} see these errors reported.
1926 @end deffn
1927
1928 @anchor{Event Polling}
1929 @section Event Polling
1930
1931 Hardware debuggers are parts of asynchronous systems,
1932 where significant events can happen at any time.
1933 The OpenOCD server needs to detect some of these events,
1934 so it can report them to through TCL command line
1935 or to GDB.
1936
1937 Examples of such events include:
1938
1939 @itemize
1940 @item One of the targets can stop running ... maybe it triggers
1941 a code breakpoint or data watchpoint, or halts itself.
1942 @item Messages may be sent over ``debug message'' channels ... many
1943 targets support such messages sent over JTAG,
1944 for receipt by the person debugging or tools.
1945 @item Loss of power ... some adapters can detect these events.
1946 @item Resets not issued through JTAG ... such reset sources
1947 can include button presses or other system hardware, sometimes
1948 including the target itself (perhaps through a watchdog).
1949 @item Debug instrumentation sometimes supports event triggering
1950 such as ``trace buffer full'' (so it can quickly be emptied)
1951 or other signals (to correlate with code behavior).
1952 @end itemize
1953
1954 None of those events are signaled through standard JTAG signals.
1955 However, most conventions for JTAG connectors include voltage
1956 level and system reset (SRST) signal detection.
1957 Some connectors also include instrumentation signals, which
1958 can imply events when those signals are inputs.
1959
1960 In general, OpenOCD needs to periodically check for those events,
1961 either by looking at the status of signals on the JTAG connector
1962 or by sending synchronous ``tell me your status'' JTAG requests
1963 to the various active targets.
1964 There is a command to manage and monitor that polling,
1965 which is normally done in the background.
1966
1967 @deffn Command poll [@option{on}|@option{off}]
1968 Poll the current target for its current state.
1969 (Also, @pxref{target curstate}.)
1970 If that target is in debug mode, architecture
1971 specific information about the current state is printed.
1972 An optional parameter
1973 allows background polling to be enabled and disabled.
1974
1975 You could use this from the TCL command shell, or
1976 from GDB using @command{monitor poll} command.
1977 Leave background polling enabled while you're using GDB.
1978 @example
1979 > poll
1980 background polling: on
1981 target state: halted
1982 target halted in ARM state due to debug-request, \
1983 current mode: Supervisor
1984 cpsr: 0x800000d3 pc: 0x11081bfc
1985 MMU: disabled, D-Cache: disabled, I-Cache: enabled
1986 >
1987 @end example
1988 @end deffn
1989
1990 @node Interface - Dongle Configuration
1991 @chapter Interface - Dongle Configuration
1992 @cindex config file, interface
1993 @cindex interface config file
1994
1995 Correctly installing OpenOCD includes making your operating system give
1996 OpenOCD access to JTAG adapters. Once that has been done, Tcl commands
1997 are used to select which one is used, and to configure how it is used.
1998
1999 JTAG Adapters/Interfaces/Dongles are normally configured
2000 through commands in an interface configuration
2001 file which is sourced by your @file{openocd.cfg} file, or
2002 through a command line @option{-f interface/....cfg} option.
2003
2004 @example
2005 source [find interface/olimex-jtag-tiny.cfg]
2006 @end example
2007
2008 These commands tell
2009 OpenOCD what type of JTAG adapter you have, and how to talk to it.
2010 A few cases are so simple that you only need to say what driver to use:
2011
2012 @example
2013 # jlink interface
2014 interface jlink
2015 @end example
2016
2017 Most adapters need a bit more configuration than that.
2018
2019
2020 @section Interface Configuration
2021
2022 The interface command tells OpenOCD what type of JTAG dongle you are
2023 using. Depending on the type of dongle, you may need to have one or
2024 more additional commands.
2025
2026 @deffn {Config Command} {interface} name
2027 Use the interface driver @var{name} to connect to the
2028 target.
2029 @end deffn
2030
2031 @deffn Command {interface_list}
2032 List the interface drivers that have been built into
2033 the running copy of OpenOCD.
2034 @end deffn
2035
2036 @deffn Command {jtag interface}
2037 Returns the name of the interface driver being used.
2038 @end deffn
2039
2040 @section Interface Drivers
2041
2042 Each of the interface drivers listed here must be explicitly
2043 enabled when OpenOCD is configured, in order to be made
2044 available at run time.
2045
2046 @deffn {Interface Driver} {amt_jtagaccel}
2047 Amontec Chameleon in its JTAG Accelerator configuration,
2048 connected to a PC's EPP mode parallel port.
2049 This defines some driver-specific commands:
2050
2051 @deffn {Config Command} {parport_port} number
2052 Specifies either the address of the I/O port (default: 0x378 for LPT1) or
2053 the number of the @file{/dev/parport} device.
2054 @end deffn
2055
2056 @deffn {Config Command} rtck [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
2057 Displays status of RTCK option.
2058 Optionally sets that option first.
2059 @end deffn
2060 @end deffn
2061
2062 @deffn {Interface Driver} {arm-jtag-ew}
2063 Olimex ARM-JTAG-EW USB adapter
2064 This has one driver-specific command:
2065
2066 @deffn Command {armjtagew_info}
2067 Logs some status
2068 @end deffn
2069 @end deffn
2070
2071 @deffn {Interface Driver} {at91rm9200}
2072 Supports bitbanged JTAG from the local system,
2073 presuming that system is an Atmel AT91rm9200
2074 and a specific set of GPIOs is used.
2075 @c command: at91rm9200_device NAME
2076 @c chooses among list of bit configs ... only one option
2077 @end deffn
2078
2079 @deffn {Interface Driver} {dummy}
2080 A dummy software-only driver for debugging.
2081 @end deffn
2082
2083 @deffn {Interface Driver} {ep93xx}
2084 Cirrus Logic EP93xx based single-board computer bit-banging (in development)
2085 @end deffn
2086
2087 @deffn {Interface Driver} {ft2232}
2088 FTDI FT2232 (USB) based devices over one of the userspace libraries.
2089 These interfaces have several commands, used to configure the driver
2090 before initializing the JTAG scan chain:
2091
2092 @deffn {Config Command} {ft2232_device_desc} description
2093 Provides the USB device description (the @emph{iProduct string})
2094 of the FTDI FT2232 device. If not
2095 specified, the FTDI default value is used. This setting is only valid
2096 if compiled with FTD2XX support.
2097 @end deffn
2098
2099 @deffn {Config Command} {ft2232_serial} serial-number
2100 Specifies the @var{serial-number} of the FTDI FT2232 device to use,
2101 in case the vendor provides unique IDs and more than one FT2232 device
2102 is connected to the host.
2103 If not specified, serial numbers are not considered.
2104 (Note that USB serial numbers can be arbitrary Unicode strings,
2105 and are not restricted to containing only decimal digits.)
2106 @end deffn
2107
2108 @deffn {Config Command} {ft2232_layout} name
2109 Each vendor's FT2232 device can use different GPIO signals
2110 to control output-enables, reset signals, and LEDs.
2111 Currently valid layout @var{name} values include:
2112 @itemize @minus
2113 @item @b{axm0432_jtag} Axiom AXM-0432
2114 @item @b{comstick} Hitex STR9 comstick
2115 @item @b{cortino} Hitex Cortino JTAG interface
2116 @item @b{evb_lm3s811} Luminary Micro EVB_LM3S811 as a JTAG interface,
2117 either for the local Cortex-M3 (SRST only)
2118 or in a passthrough mode (neither SRST nor TRST)
2119 This layout can not support the SWO trace mechanism, and should be
2120 used only for older boards (before rev C).
2121 @item @b{luminary_icdi} This layout should be used with most Luminary
2122 eval boards, including Rev C LM3S811 eval boards and the eponymous
2123 ICDI boards, to debug either the local Cortex-M3 or in passthrough mode
2124 to debug some other target. It can support the SWO trace mechanism.
2125 @item @b{flyswatter} Tin Can Tools Flyswatter
2126 @item @b{icebear} ICEbear JTAG adapter from Section 5
2127 @item @b{jtagkey} Amontec JTAGkey and JTAGkey-Tiny (and compatibles)
2128 @item @b{jtagkey2} Amontec JTAGkey2 (and compatibles)
2129 @item @b{m5960} American Microsystems M5960
2130 @item @b{olimex-jtag} Olimex ARM-USB-OCD and ARM-USB-Tiny
2131 @item @b{oocdlink} OOCDLink
2132 @c oocdlink ~= jtagkey_prototype_v1
2133 @item @b{redbee-econotag} Integrated with a Redbee development board.
2134 @item @b{sheevaplug} Marvell Sheevaplug development kit
2135 @item @b{signalyzer} Xverve Signalyzer
2136 @item @b{stm32stick} Hitex STM32 Performance Stick
2137 @item @b{turtelizer2} egnite Software turtelizer2
2138 @item @b{usbjtag} "USBJTAG-1" layout described in the OpenOCD diploma thesis
2139 @end itemize
2140 @end deffn
2141
2142 @deffn {Config Command} {ft2232_vid_pid} [vid pid]+
2143 The vendor ID and product ID of the FTDI FT2232 device. If not specified, the FTDI
2144 default values are used.
2145 Currently, up to eight [@var{vid}, @var{pid}] pairs may be given, e.g.
2146 @example
2147 ft2232_vid_pid 0x0403 0xcff8 0x15ba 0x0003
2148 @end example
2149 @end deffn
2150
2151 @deffn {Config Command} {ft2232_latency} ms
2152 On some systems using FT2232 based JTAG interfaces the FT_Read function call in
2153 ft2232_read() fails to return the expected number of bytes. This can be caused by
2154 USB communication delays and has proved hard to reproduce and debug. Setting the
2155 FT2232 latency timer to a larger value increases delays for short USB packets but it
2156 also reduces the risk of timeouts before receiving the expected number of bytes.
2157 The OpenOCD default value is 2 and for some systems a value of 10 has proved useful.
2158 @end deffn
2159
2160 For example, the interface config file for a
2161 Turtelizer JTAG Adapter looks something like this:
2162
2163 @example
2164 interface ft2232
2165 ft2232_device_desc "Turtelizer JTAG/RS232 Adapter"
2166 ft2232_layout turtelizer2
2167 ft2232_vid_pid 0x0403 0xbdc8
2168 @end example
2169 @end deffn
2170
2171 @deffn {Interface Driver} {usb_blaster}
2172 USB JTAG/USB-Blaster compatibles over one of the userspace libraries
2173 for FTDI chips. These interfaces have several commands, used to
2174 configure the driver before initializing the JTAG scan chain:
2175
2176 @deffn {Config Command} {usb_blaster_device_desc} description
2177 Provides the USB device description (the @emph{iProduct string})
2178 of the FTDI FT245 device. If not
2179 specified, the FTDI default value is used. This setting is only valid
2180 if compiled with FTD2XX support.
2181 @end deffn
2182
2183 @deffn {Config Command} {usb_blaster_vid_pid} vid pid
2184 The vendor ID and product ID of the FTDI FT245 device. If not specified,
2185 default values are used.
2186 Currently, only one @var{vid}, @var{pid} pair may be given, e.g. for
2187 Altera USB-Blaster (default):
2188 @example
2189 ft2232_vid_pid 0x09FB 0x6001
2190 @end example
2191 The following VID/PID is for Kolja Waschk's USB JTAG:
2192 @example
2193 ft2232_vid_pid 0x16C0 0x06AD
2194 @end example
2195 @end deffn
2196
2197 @deffn {Command} {usb_blaster} (@option{pin6}|@option{pin8}) (@option{0}|@option{1})
2198 Sets the state of the unused GPIO pins on USB-Blasters (pins 6 and 8 on the
2199 female JTAG header). These pins can be used as SRST and/or TRST provided the
2200 appropriate connections are made on the target board.
2201
2202 For example, to use pin 6 as SRST (as with an AVR board):
2203 @example
2204 $_TARGETNAME configure -event reset-assert \
2205 "usb_blaster pin6 1; wait 1; usb_blaster pin6 0"
2206 @end example
2207 @end deffn
2208
2209 @end deffn
2210
2211 @deffn {Interface Driver} {gw16012}
2212 Gateworks GW16012 JTAG programmer.
2213 This has one driver-specific command:
2214
2215 @deffn {Config Command} {parport_port} [port_number]
2216 Display either the address of the I/O port
2217 (default: 0x378 for LPT1) or the number of the @file{/dev/parport} device.
2218 If a parameter is provided, first switch to use that port.
2219 This is a write-once setting.
2220 @end deffn
2221 @end deffn
2222
2223 @deffn {Interface Driver} {jlink}
2224 Segger jlink USB adapter
2225 @c command: jlink_info
2226 @c dumps status
2227 @c command: jlink_hw_jtag (2|3)
2228 @c sets version 2 or 3
2229 @end deffn
2230
2231 @deffn {Interface Driver} {parport}
2232 Supports PC parallel port bit-banging cables:
2233 Wigglers, PLD download cable, and more.
2234 These interfaces have several commands, used to configure the driver
2235 before initializing the JTAG scan chain:
2236
2237 @deffn {Config Command} {parport_cable} name
2238 Set the layout of the parallel port cable used to connect to the target.
2239 This is a write-once setting.
2240 Currently valid cable @var{name} values include:
2241
2242 @itemize @minus
2243 @item @b{altium} Altium Universal JTAG cable.
2244 @item @b{arm-jtag} Same as original wiggler except SRST and
2245 TRST connections reversed and TRST is also inverted.
2246 @item @b{chameleon} The Amontec Chameleon's CPLD when operated
2247 in configuration mode. This is only used to
2248 program the Chameleon itself, not a connected target.
2249 @item @b{dlc5} The Xilinx Parallel cable III.
2250 @item @b{flashlink} The ST Parallel cable.
2251 @item @b{lattice} Lattice ispDOWNLOAD Cable
2252 @item @b{old_amt_wiggler} The Wiggler configuration that comes with
2253 some versions of
2254 Amontec's Chameleon Programmer. The new version available from
2255 the website uses the original Wiggler layout ('@var{wiggler}')
2256 @item @b{triton} The parallel port adapter found on the
2257 ``Karo Triton 1 Development Board''.
2258 This is also the layout used by the HollyGates design
2259 (see @uref{http://www.lartmaker.nl/projects/jtag/}).
2260 @item @b{wiggler} The original Wiggler layout, also supported by
2261 several clones, such as the Olimex ARM-JTAG
2262 @item @b{wiggler2} Same as original wiggler except an led is fitted on D5.
2263 @item @b{wiggler_ntrst_inverted} Same as original wiggler except TRST is inverted.
2264 @end itemize
2265 @end deffn
2266
2267 @deffn {Config Command} {parport_port} [port_number]
2268 Display either the address of the I/O port
2269 (default: 0x378 for LPT1) or the number of the @file{/dev/parport} device.
2270 If a parameter is provided, first switch to use that port.
2271 This is a write-once setting.
2272
2273 When using PPDEV to access the parallel port, use the number of the parallel port:
2274 @option{parport_port 0} (the default). If @option{parport_port 0x378} is specified
2275 you may encounter a problem.
2276 @end deffn
2277
2278 @deffn Command {parport_toggling_time} [nanoseconds]
2279 Displays how many nanoseconds the hardware needs to toggle TCK;
2280 the parport driver uses this value to obey the
2281 @command{jtag_khz} configuration.
2282 When the optional @var{nanoseconds} parameter is given,
2283 that setting is changed before displaying the current value.
2284
2285 The default setting should work reasonably well on commodity PC hardware.
2286 However, you may want to calibrate for your specific hardware.
2287 @quotation Tip
2288 To measure the toggling time with a logic analyzer or a digital storage
2289 oscilloscope, follow the procedure below:
2290 @example
2291 > parport_toggling_time 1000
2292 > jtag_khz 500
2293 @end example
2294 This sets the maximum JTAG clock speed of the hardware, but
2295 the actual speed probably deviates from the requested 500 kHz.
2296 Now, measure the time between the two closest spaced TCK transitions.
2297 You can use @command{runtest 1000} or something similar to generate a
2298 large set of samples.
2299 Update the setting to match your measurement:
2300 @example
2301 > parport_toggling_time <measured nanoseconds>
2302 @end example
2303 Now the clock speed will be a better match for @command{jtag_khz rate}
2304 commands given in OpenOCD scripts and event handlers.
2305
2306 You can do something similar with many digital multimeters, but note
2307 that you'll probably need to run the clock continuously for several
2308 seconds before it decides what clock rate to show. Adjust the
2309 toggling time up or down until the measured clock rate is a good
2310 match for the jtag_khz rate you specified; be conservative.
2311 @end quotation
2312 @end deffn
2313
2314 @deffn {Config Command} {parport_write_on_exit} (@option{on}|@option{off})
2315 This will configure the parallel driver to write a known
2316 cable-specific value to the parallel interface on exiting OpenOCD.
2317 @end deffn
2318
2319 For example, the interface configuration file for a
2320 classic ``Wiggler'' cable on LPT2 might look something like this:
2321
2322 @example
2323 interface parport
2324 parport_port 0x278
2325 parport_cable wiggler
2326 @end example
2327 @end deffn
2328
2329 @deffn {Interface Driver} {presto}
2330 ASIX PRESTO USB JTAG programmer.
2331 @deffn {Config Command} {presto_serial} serial_string
2332 Configures the USB serial number of the Presto device to use.
2333 @end deffn
2334 @end deffn
2335
2336 @deffn {Interface Driver} {rlink}
2337 Raisonance RLink USB adapter
2338 @end deffn
2339
2340 @deffn {Interface Driver} {usbprog}
2341 usbprog is a freely programmable USB adapter.
2342 @end deffn
2343
2344 @deffn {Interface Driver} {vsllink}
2345 vsllink is part of Versaloon which is a versatile USB programmer.
2346
2347 @quotation Note
2348 This defines quite a few driver-specific commands,
2349 which are not currently documented here.
2350 @end quotation
2351 @end deffn
2352
2353 @deffn {Interface Driver} {ZY1000}
2354 This is the Zylin ZY1000 JTAG debugger.
2355
2356 @quotation Note
2357 This defines some driver-specific commands,
2358 which are not currently documented here.
2359 @end quotation
2360
2361 @deffn Command power [@option{on}|@option{off}]
2362 Turn power switch to target on/off.
2363 No arguments: print status.
2364 @end deffn
2365
2366 @end deffn
2367
2368 @anchor{JTAG Speed}
2369 @section JTAG Speed
2370 JTAG clock setup is part of system setup.
2371 It @emph{does not belong with interface setup} since any interface
2372 only knows a few of the constraints for the JTAG clock speed.
2373 Sometimes the JTAG speed is
2374 changed during the target initialization process: (1) slow at
2375 reset, (2) program the CPU clocks, (3) run fast.
2376 Both the "slow" and "fast" clock rates are functions of the
2377 oscillators used, the chip, the board design, and sometimes
2378 power management software that may be active.
2379
2380 The speed used during reset, and the scan chain verification which
2381 follows reset, can be adjusted using a @code{reset-start}
2382 target event handler.
2383 It can then be reconfigured to a faster speed by a
2384 @code{reset-init} target event handler after it reprograms those
2385 CPU clocks, or manually (if something else, such as a boot loader,
2386 sets up those clocks).
2387 @xref{Target Events}.
2388 When the initial low JTAG speed is a chip characteristic, perhaps
2389 because of a required oscillator speed, provide such a handler
2390 in the target config file.
2391 When that speed is a function of a board-specific characteristic
2392 such as which speed oscillator is used, it belongs in the board
2393 config file instead.
2394 In both cases it's safest to also set the initial JTAG clock rate
2395 to that same slow speed, so that OpenOCD never starts up using a
2396 clock speed that's faster than the scan chain can support.
2397
2398 @example
2399 jtag_rclk 3000
2400 $_TARGET.cpu configure -event reset-start @{ jtag_rclk 3000 @}
2401 @end example
2402
2403 If your system supports adaptive clocking (RTCK), configuring
2404 JTAG to use that is probably the most robust approach.
2405 However, it introduces delays to synchronize clocks; so it
2406 may not be the fastest solution.
2407
2408 @b{NOTE:} Script writers should consider using @command{jtag_rclk}
2409 instead of @command{jtag_khz}, but only for (ARM) cores and boards
2410 which support adaptive clocking.
2411
2412 @deffn {Command} jtag_khz max_speed_kHz
2413 A non-zero speed is in KHZ. Hence: 3000 is 3mhz.
2414 JTAG interfaces usually support a limited number of
2415 speeds. The speed actually used won't be faster
2416 than the speed specified.
2417
2418 Chip data sheets generally include a top JTAG clock rate.
2419 The actual rate is often a function of a CPU core clock,
2420 and is normally less than that peak rate.
2421 For example, most ARM cores accept at most one sixth of the CPU clock.
2422
2423 Speed 0 (khz) selects RTCK method.
2424 @xref{FAQ RTCK}.
2425 If your system uses RTCK, you won't need to change the
2426 JTAG clocking after setup.
2427 Not all interfaces, boards, or targets support ``rtck''.
2428 If the interface device can not
2429 support it, an error is returned when you try to use RTCK.
2430 @end deffn
2431
2432 @defun jtag_rclk fallback_speed_kHz
2433 @cindex adaptive clocking
2434 @cindex RTCK
2435 This Tcl proc (defined in @file{startup.tcl}) attempts to enable RTCK/RCLK.
2436 If that fails (maybe the interface, board, or target doesn't
2437 support it), falls back to the specified frequency.
2438 @example
2439 # Fall back to 3mhz if RTCK is not supported
2440 jtag_rclk 3000
2441 @end example
2442 @end defun
2443
2444 @node Reset Configuration
2445 @chapter Reset Configuration
2446 @cindex Reset Configuration
2447
2448 Every system configuration may require a different reset
2449 configuration. This can also be quite confusing.
2450 Resets also interact with @var{reset-init} event handlers,
2451 which do things like setting up clocks and DRAM, and
2452 JTAG clock rates. (@xref{JTAG Speed}.)
2453 They can also interact with JTAG routers.
2454 Please see the various board files for examples.
2455
2456 @quotation Note
2457 To maintainers and integrators:
2458 Reset configuration touches several things at once.
2459 Normally the board configuration file
2460 should define it and assume that the JTAG adapter supports
2461 everything that's wired up to the board's JTAG connector.
2462
2463 However, the target configuration file could also make note
2464 of something the silicon vendor has done inside the chip,
2465 which will be true for most (or all) boards using that chip.
2466 And when the JTAG adapter doesn't support everything, the
2467 user configuration file will need to override parts of
2468 the reset configuration provided by other files.
2469 @end quotation
2470
2471 @section Types of Reset
2472
2473 There are many kinds of reset possible through JTAG, but
2474 they may not all work with a given board and adapter.
2475 That's part of why reset configuration can be error prone.
2476
2477 @itemize @bullet
2478 @item
2479 @emph{System Reset} ... the @emph{SRST} hardware signal
2480 resets all chips connected to the JTAG adapter, such as processors,
2481 power management chips, and I/O controllers. Normally resets triggered
2482 with this signal behave exactly like pressing a RESET button.
2483 @item
2484 @emph{JTAG TAP Reset} ... the @emph{TRST} hardware signal resets
2485 just the TAP controllers connected to the JTAG adapter.
2486 Such resets should not be visible to the rest of the system; resetting a
2487 device's the TAP controller just puts that controller into a known state.
2488 @item
2489 @emph{Emulation Reset} ... many devices can be reset through JTAG
2490 commands. These resets are often distinguishable from system
2491 resets, either explicitly (a "reset reason" register says so)
2492 or implicitly (not all parts of the chip get reset).
2493 @item
2494 @emph{Other Resets} ... system-on-chip devices often support
2495 several other types of reset.
2496 You may need to arrange that a watchdog timer stops
2497 while debugging, preventing a watchdog reset.
2498 There may be individual module resets.
2499 @end itemize
2500
2501 In the best case, OpenOCD can hold SRST, then reset
2502 the TAPs via TRST and send commands through JTAG to halt the
2503 CPU at the reset vector before the 1st instruction is executed.
2504 Then when it finally releases the SRST signal, the system is
2505 halted under debugger control before any code has executed.
2506 This is the behavior required to support the @command{reset halt}
2507 and @command{reset init} commands; after @command{reset init} a
2508 board-specific script might do things like setting up DRAM.
2509 (@xref{Reset Command}.)
2510
2511 @anchor{SRST and TRST Issues}
2512 @section SRST and TRST Issues
2513
2514 Because SRST and TRST are hardware signals, they can have a
2515 variety of system-specific constraints. Some of the most
2516 common issues are:
2517
2518 @itemize @bullet
2519
2520 @item @emph{Signal not available} ... Some boards don't wire
2521 SRST or TRST to the JTAG connector. Some JTAG adapters don't
2522 support such signals even if they are wired up.
2523 Use the @command{reset_config} @var{signals} options to say
2524 when either of those signals is not connected.
2525 When SRST is not available, your code might not be able to rely
2526 on controllers having been fully reset during code startup.
2527 Missing TRST is not a problem, since JTAG level resets can
2528 be triggered using with TMS signaling.
2529
2530 @item @emph{Signals shorted} ... Sometimes a chip, board, or
2531 adapter will connect SRST to TRST, instead of keeping them separate.
2532 Use the @command{reset_config} @var{combination} options to say
2533 when those signals aren't properly independent.
2534
2535 @item @emph{Timing} ... Reset circuitry like a resistor/capacitor
2536 delay circuit, reset supervisor, or on-chip features can extend
2537 the effect of a JTAG adapter's reset for some time after the adapter
2538 stops issuing the reset. For example, there may be chip or board
2539 requirements that all reset pulses last for at least a
2540 certain amount of time; and reset buttons commonly have
2541 hardware debouncing.
2542 Use the @command{jtag_nsrst_delay} and @command{jtag_ntrst_delay}
2543 commands to say when extra delays are needed.
2544
2545 @item @emph{Drive type} ... Reset lines often have a pullup
2546 resistor, letting the JTAG interface treat them as open-drain
2547 signals. But that's not a requirement, so the adapter may need
2548 to use push/pull output drivers.
2549 Also, with weak pullups it may be advisable to drive
2550 signals to both levels (push/pull) to minimize rise times.
2551 Use the @command{reset_config} @var{trst_type} and
2552 @var{srst_type} parameters to say how to drive reset signals.
2553
2554 @item @emph{Special initialization} ... Targets sometimes need
2555 special JTAG initialization sequences to handle chip-specific
2556 issues (not limited to errata).
2557 For example, certain JTAG commands might need to be issued while
2558 the system as a whole is in a reset state (SRST active)
2559 but the JTAG scan chain is usable (TRST inactive).
2560 Many systems treat combined assertion of SRST and TRST as a
2561 trigger for a harder reset than SRST alone.
2562 Such custom reset handling is discussed later in this chapter.
2563 @end itemize
2564
2565 There can also be other issues.
2566 Some devices don't fully conform to the JTAG specifications.
2567 Trivial system-specific differences are common, such as
2568 SRST and TRST using slightly different names.
2569 There are also vendors who distribute key JTAG documentation for
2570 their chips only to developers who have signed a Non-Disclosure
2571 Agreement (NDA).
2572
2573 Sometimes there are chip-specific extensions like a requirement to use
2574 the normally-optional TRST signal (precluding use of JTAG adapters which
2575 don't pass TRST through), or needing extra steps to complete a TAP reset.
2576
2577 In short, SRST and especially TRST handling may be very finicky,
2578 needing to cope with both architecture and board specific constraints.
2579
2580 @section Commands for Handling Resets
2581
2582 @deffn {Command} jtag_nsrst_assert_width milliseconds
2583 Minimum amount of time (in milliseconds) OpenOCD should wait
2584 after asserting nSRST (active-low system reset) before
2585 allowing it to be deasserted.
2586 @end deffn
2587
2588 @deffn {Command} jtag_nsrst_delay milliseconds
2589 How long (in milliseconds) OpenOCD should wait after deasserting
2590 nSRST (active-low system reset) before starting new JTAG operations.
2591 When a board has a reset button connected to SRST line it will
2592 probably have hardware debouncing, implying you should use this.
2593 @end deffn
2594
2595 @deffn {Command} jtag_ntrst_assert_width milliseconds
2596 Minimum amount of time (in milliseconds) OpenOCD should wait
2597 after asserting nTRST (active-low JTAG TAP reset) before
2598 allowing it to be deasserted.
2599 @end deffn
2600
2601 @deffn {Command} jtag_ntrst_delay milliseconds
2602 How long (in milliseconds) OpenOCD should wait after deasserting
2603 nTRST (active-low JTAG TAP reset) before starting new JTAG operations.
2604 @end deffn
2605
2606 @deffn {Command} reset_config mode_flag ...
2607 This command displays or modifies the reset configuration
2608 of your combination of JTAG board and target in target
2609 configuration scripts.
2610
2611 Information earlier in this section describes the kind of problems
2612 the command is intended to address (@pxref{SRST and TRST Issues}).
2613 As a rule this command belongs only in board config files,
2614 describing issues like @emph{board doesn't connect TRST};
2615 or in user config files, addressing limitations derived
2616 from a particular combination of interface and board.
2617 (An unlikely example would be using a TRST-only adapter
2618 with a board that only wires up SRST.)
2619
2620 The @var{mode_flag} options can be specified in any order, but only one
2621 of each type -- @var{signals}, @var{combination},
2622 @var{gates},
2623 @var{trst_type},
2624 and @var{srst_type} -- may be specified at a time.
2625 If you don't provide a new value for a given type, its previous
2626 value (perhaps the default) is unchanged.
2627 For example, this means that you don't need to say anything at all about
2628 TRST just to declare that if the JTAG adapter should want to drive SRST,
2629 it must explicitly be driven high (@option{srst_push_pull}).
2630
2631 @itemize
2632 @item
2633 @var{signals} can specify which of the reset signals are connected.
2634 For example, If the JTAG interface provides SRST, but the board doesn't
2635 connect that signal properly, then OpenOCD can't use it.
2636 Possible values are @option{none} (the default), @option{trst_only},
2637 @option{srst_only} and @option{trst_and_srst}.
2638
2639 @quotation Tip
2640 If your board provides SRST and/or TRST through the JTAG connector,
2641 you must declare that so those signals can be used.
2642 @end quotation
2643
2644 @item
2645 The @var{combination} is an optional value specifying broken reset
2646 signal implementations.
2647 The default behaviour if no option given is @option{separate},
2648 indicating everything behaves normally.
2649 @option{srst_pulls_trst} states that the
2650 test logic is reset together with the reset of the system (e.g. NXP
2651 LPC2000, "broken" board layout), @option{trst_pulls_srst} says that
2652 the system is reset together with the test logic (only hypothetical, I
2653 haven't seen hardware with such a bug, and can be worked around).
2654 @option{combined} implies both @option{srst_pulls_trst} and
2655 @option{trst_pulls_srst}.
2656
2657 @item
2658 The @var{gates} tokens control flags that describe some cases where
2659 JTAG may be unvailable during reset.
2660 @option{srst_gates_jtag} (default)
2661 indicates that asserting SRST gates the
2662 JTAG clock. This means that no communication can happen on JTAG
2663 while SRST is asserted.
2664 Its converse is @option{srst_nogate}, indicating that JTAG commands
2665 can safely be issued while SRST is active.
2666 @end itemize
2667
2668 The optional @var{trst_type} and @var{srst_type} parameters allow the
2669 driver mode of each reset line to be specified. These values only affect
2670 JTAG interfaces with support for different driver modes, like the Amontec
2671 JTAGkey and JTAG Accelerator. Also, they are necessarily ignored if the
2672 relevant signal (TRST or SRST) is not connected.
2673
2674 @itemize
2675 @item
2676 Possible @var{trst_type} driver modes for the test reset signal (TRST)
2677 are the default @option{trst_push_pull}, and @option{trst_open_drain}.
2678 Most boards connect this signal to a pulldown, so the JTAG TAPs
2679 never leave reset unless they are hooked up to a JTAG adapter.
2680
2681 @item
2682 Possible @var{srst_type} driver modes for the system reset signal (SRST)
2683 are the default @option{srst_open_drain}, and @option{srst_push_pull}.
2684 Most boards connect this signal to a pullup, and allow the
2685 signal to be pulled low by various events including system
2686 powerup and pressing a reset button.
2687 @end itemize
2688 @end deffn
2689
2690 @section Custom Reset Handling
2691 @cindex events
2692
2693 OpenOCD has several ways to help support the various reset
2694 mechanisms provided by chip and board vendors.
2695 The commands shown in the previous section give standard parameters.
2696 There are also @emph{event handlers} associated with TAPs or Targets.
2697 Those handlers are Tcl procedures you can provide, which are invoked
2698 at particular points in the reset sequence.
2699
2700 @emph{When SRST is not an option} you must set
2701 up a @code{reset-assert} event handler for your target.
2702 For example, some JTAG adapters don't include the SRST signal;
2703 and some boards have multiple targets, and you won't always
2704 want to reset everything at once.
2705
2706 After configuring those mechanisms, you might still
2707 find your board doesn't start up or reset correctly.
2708 For example, maybe it needs a slightly different sequence
2709 of SRST and/or TRST manipulations, because of quirks that
2710 the @command{reset_config} mechanism doesn't address;
2711 or asserting both might trigger a stronger reset, which
2712 needs special attention.
2713
2714 Experiment with lower level operations, such as @command{jtag_reset}
2715 and the @command{jtag arp_*} operations shown here,
2716 to find a sequence of operations that works.
2717 @xref{JTAG Commands}.
2718 When you find a working sequence, it can be used to override
2719 @command{jtag_init}, which fires during OpenOCD startup
2720 (@pxref{Configuration Stage});
2721 or @command{init_reset}, which fires during reset processing.
2722
2723 You might also want to provide some project-specific reset
2724 schemes. For example, on a multi-target board the standard
2725 @command{reset} command would reset all targets, but you
2726 may need the ability to reset only one target at time and
2727 thus want to avoid using the board-wide SRST signal.
2728
2729 @deffn {Overridable Procedure} init_reset mode
2730 This is invoked near the beginning of the @command{reset} command,
2731 usually to provide as much of a cold (power-up) reset as practical.
2732 By default it is also invoked from @command{jtag_init} if
2733 the scan chain does not respond to pure JTAG operations.
2734 The @var{mode} parameter is the parameter given to the
2735 low level reset command (@option{halt},
2736 @option{init}, or @option{run}), @option{setup},
2737 or potentially some other value.
2738
2739 The default implementation just invokes @command{jtag arp_init-reset}.
2740 Replacements will normally build on low level JTAG
2741 operations such as @command{jtag_reset}.
2742 Operations here must not address individual TAPs
2743 (or their associated targets)
2744 until the JTAG scan chain has first been verified to work.
2745
2746 Implementations must have verified the JTAG scan chain before
2747 they return.
2748 This is done by calling @command{jtag arp_init}
2749 (or @command{jtag arp_init-reset}).
2750 @end deffn
2751
2752 @deffn Command {jtag arp_init}
2753 This validates the scan chain using just the four
2754 standard JTAG signals (TMS, TCK, TDI, TDO).
2755 It starts by issuing a JTAG-only reset.
2756 Then it performs checks to verify that the scan chain configuration
2757 matches the TAPs it can observe.
2758 Those checks include checking IDCODE values for each active TAP,
2759 and verifying the length of their instruction registers using
2760 TAP @code{-ircapture} and @code{-irmask} values.
2761 If these tests all pass, TAP @code{setup} events are
2762 issued to all TAPs with handlers for that event.
2763 @end deffn
2764
2765 @deffn Command {jtag arp_init-reset}
2766 This uses TRST and SRST to try resetting
2767 everything on the JTAG scan chain
2768 (and anything else connected to SRST).
2769 It then invokes the logic of @command{jtag arp_init}.
2770 @end deffn
2771
2772
2773 @node TAP Declaration
2774 @chapter TAP Declaration
2775 @cindex TAP declaration
2776 @cindex TAP configuration
2777
2778 @emph{Test Access Ports} (TAPs) are the core of JTAG.
2779 TAPs serve many roles, including:
2780
2781 @itemize @bullet
2782 @item @b{Debug Target} A CPU TAP can be used as a GDB debug target
2783 @item @b{Flash Programing} Some chips program the flash directly via JTAG.
2784 Others do it indirectly, making a CPU do it.
2785 @item @b{Program Download} Using the same CPU support GDB uses,
2786 you can initialize a DRAM controller, download code to DRAM, and then
2787 start running that code.
2788 @item @b{Boundary Scan} Most chips support boundary scan, which
2789 helps test for board assembly problems like solder bridges
2790 and missing connections
2791 @end itemize
2792
2793 OpenOCD must know about the active TAPs on your board(s).
2794 Setting up the TAPs is the core task of your configuration files.
2795 Once those TAPs are set up, you can pass their names to code
2796 which sets up CPUs and exports them as GDB targets,
2797 probes flash memory, performs low-level JTAG operations, and more.
2798
2799 @section Scan Chains
2800 @cindex scan chain
2801
2802 TAPs are part of a hardware @dfn{scan chain},
2803 which is daisy chain of TAPs.
2804 They also need to be added to
2805 OpenOCD's software mirror of that hardware list,
2806 giving each member a name and associating other data with it.
2807 Simple scan chains, with a single TAP, are common in
2808 systems with a single microcontroller or microprocessor.
2809 More complex chips may have several TAPs internally.
2810 Very complex scan chains might have a dozen or more TAPs:
2811 several in one chip, more in the next, and connecting
2812 to other boards with their own chips and TAPs.
2813
2814 You can display the list with the @command{scan_chain} command.
2815 (Don't confuse this with the list displayed by the @command{targets}
2816 command, presented in the next chapter.
2817 That only displays TAPs for CPUs which are configured as
2818 debugging targets.)
2819 Here's what the scan chain might look like for a chip more than one TAP:
2820
2821 @verbatim
2822 TapName Enabled IdCode Expected IrLen IrCap IrMask
2823 -- ------------------ ------- ---------- ---------- ----- ----- ------
2824 0 omap5912.dsp Y 0x03df1d81 0x03df1d81 38 0x01 0x03
2825 1 omap5912.arm Y 0x0692602f 0x0692602f 4 0x01 0x0f
2826 2 omap5912.unknown Y 0x00000000 0x00000000 8 0x01 0x03
2827 @end verbatim
2828
2829 OpenOCD can detect some of that information, but not all
2830 of it. @xref{Autoprobing}.
2831 Unfortunately those TAPs can't always be autoconfigured,
2832 because not all devices provide good support for that.
2833 JTAG doesn't require supporting IDCODE instructions, and
2834 chips with JTAG routers may not link TAPs into the chain
2835 until they are told to do so.
2836
2837 The configuration mechanism currently supported by OpenOCD
2838 requires explicit configuration of all TAP devices using
2839 @command{jtag newtap} commands, as detailed later in this chapter.
2840 A command like this would declare one tap and name it @code{chip1.cpu}:
2841
2842 @example
2843 jtag newtap chip1 cpu -irlen 4 -expected-id 0x3ba00477
2844 @end example
2845
2846 Each target configuration file lists the TAPs provided
2847 by a given chip.
2848 Board configuration files combine all the targets on a board,
2849 and so forth.
2850 Note that @emph{the order in which TAPs are declared is very important.}
2851 It must match the order in the JTAG scan chain, both inside
2852 a single chip and between them.
2853 @xref{FAQ TAP Order}.
2854
2855 For example, the ST Microsystems STR912 chip has
2856 three separate TAPs@footnote{See the ST
2857 document titled: @emph{STR91xFAxxx, Section 3.15 Jtag Interface, Page:
2858 28/102, Figure 3: JTAG chaining inside the STR91xFA}.
2859 @url{http://eu.st.com/stonline/products/literature/ds/13495.pdf}}.
2860 To configure those taps, @file{target/str912.cfg}
2861 includes commands something like this:
2862
2863 @example
2864 jtag newtap str912 flash ... params ...
2865 jtag newtap str912 cpu ... params ...
2866 jtag newtap str912 bs ... params ...
2867 @end example
2868
2869 Actual config files use a variable instead of literals like
2870 @option{str912}, to support more than one chip of each type.
2871 @xref{Config File Guidelines}.
2872
2873 @deffn Command {jtag names}
2874 Returns the names of all current TAPs in the scan chain.
2875 Use @command{jtag cget} or @command{jtag tapisenabled}
2876 to examine attributes and state of each TAP.
2877 @example
2878 foreach t [jtag names] @{
2879 puts [format "TAP: %s\n" $t]
2880 @}
2881 @end example
2882 @end deffn
2883
2884 @deffn Command {scan_chain}
2885 Displays the TAPs in the scan chain configuration,
2886 and their status.
2887 The set of TAPs listed by this command is fixed by
2888 exiting the OpenOCD configuration stage,
2889 but systems with a JTAG router can
2890 enable or disable TAPs dynamically.
2891 @end deffn
2892
2893 @c FIXME! "jtag cget" should be able to return all TAP
2894 @c attributes, like "$target_name cget" does for targets.
2895
2896 @c Probably want "jtag eventlist", and a "tap-reset" event
2897 @c (on entry to RESET state).
2898
2899 @section TAP Names
2900 @cindex dotted name
2901
2902 When TAP objects are declared with @command{jtag newtap},
2903 a @dfn{dotted.name} is created for the TAP, combining the
2904 name of a module (usually a chip) and a label for the TAP.
2905 For example: @code{xilinx.tap}, @code{str912.flash},
2906 @code{omap3530.jrc}, @code{dm6446.dsp}, or @code{stm32.cpu}.
2907 Many other commands use that dotted.name to manipulate or
2908 refer to the TAP. For example, CPU configuration uses the
2909 name, as does declaration of NAND or NOR flash banks.
2910
2911 The components of a dotted name should follow ``C'' symbol
2912 name rules: start with an alphabetic character, then numbers
2913 and underscores are OK; while others (including dots!) are not.
2914
2915 @quotation Tip
2916 In older code, JTAG TAPs were numbered from 0..N.
2917 This feature is still present.
2918 However its use is highly discouraged, and
2919 should not be relied on; it will be removed by mid-2010.
2920 Update all of your scripts to use TAP names rather than numbers,
2921 by paying attention to the runtime warnings they trigger.
2922 Using TAP numbers in target configuration scripts prevents
2923 reusing those scripts on boards with multiple targets.
2924 @end quotation
2925
2926 @section TAP Declaration Commands
2927
2928 @c shouldn't this be(come) a {Config Command}?
2929 @anchor{jtag newtap}
2930 @deffn Command {jtag newtap} chipname tapname configparams...
2931 Declares a new TAP with the dotted name @var{chipname}.@var{tapname},
2932 and configured according to the various @var{configparams}.
2933
2934 The @var{chipname} is a symbolic name for the chip.
2935 Conventionally target config files use @code{$_CHIPNAME},
2936 defaulting to the model name given by the chip vendor but
2937 overridable.
2938
2939 @cindex TAP naming convention
2940 The @var{tapname} reflects the role of that TAP,
2941 and should follow this convention:
2942
2943 @itemize @bullet
2944 @item @code{bs} -- For boundary scan if this is a seperate TAP;
2945 @item @code{cpu} -- The main CPU of the chip, alternatively
2946 @code{arm} and @code{dsp} on chips with both ARM and DSP CPUs,
2947 @code{arm1} and @code{arm2} on chips two ARMs, and so forth;
2948 @item @code{etb} -- For an embedded trace buffer (example: an ARM ETB11);
2949 @item @code{flash} -- If the chip has a flash TAP, like the str912;
2950 @item @code{jrc} -- For JTAG route controller (example: the ICEpick modules
2951 on many Texas Instruments chips, like the OMAP3530 on Beagleboards);
2952 @item @code{tap} -- Should be used only FPGA or CPLD like devices
2953 with a single TAP;
2954 @item @code{unknownN} -- If you have no idea what the TAP is for (N is a number);
2955 @item @emph{when in doubt} -- Use the chip maker's name in their data sheet.
2956 For example, the Freescale IMX31 has a SDMA (Smart DMA) with
2957 a JTAG TAP; that TAP should be named @code{sdma}.
2958 @end itemize
2959
2960 Every TAP requires at least the following @var{configparams}:
2961
2962 @itemize @bullet
2963 @item @code{-irlen} @var{NUMBER}
2964 @*The length in bits of the
2965 instruction register, such as 4 or 5 bits.
2966 @end itemize
2967
2968 A TAP may also provide optional @var{configparams}:
2969
2970 @itemize @bullet
2971 @item @code{-disable} (or @code{-enable})
2972 @*Use the @code{-disable} parameter to flag a TAP which is not
2973 linked in to the scan chain after a reset using either TRST
2974 or the JTAG state machine's @sc{reset} state.
2975 You may use @code{-enable} to highlight the default state
2976 (the TAP is linked in).
2977 @xref{Enabling and Disabling TAPs}.
2978 @item @code{-expected-id} @var{number}
2979 @*A non-zero @var{number} represents a 32-bit IDCODE
2980 which you expect to find when the scan chain is examined.
2981 These codes are not required by all JTAG devices.
2982 @emph{Repeat the option} as many times as required if more than one
2983 ID code could appear (for example, multiple versions).
2984 Specify @var{number} as zero to suppress warnings about IDCODE
2985 values that were found but not included in the list.
2986
2987 Provide this value if at all possible, since it lets OpenOCD
2988 tell when the scan chain it sees isn't right. These values
2989 are provided in vendors' chip documentation, usually a technical
2990 reference manual. Sometimes you may need to probe the JTAG
2991 hardware to find these values.
2992 @xref{Autoprobing}.
2993 @item @code{-ignore-version}
2994 @*Specify this to ignore the JTAG version field in the @code{-expected-id}
2995 option. When vendors put out multiple versions of a chip, or use the same
2996 JTAG-level ID for several largely-compatible chips, it may be more practical
2997 to ignore the version field than to update config files to handle all of
2998 the various chip IDs.
2999 @item @code{-ircapture} @var{NUMBER}
3000 @*The bit pattern loaded by the TAP into the JTAG shift register
3001 on entry to the @sc{ircapture} state, such as 0x01.
3002 JTAG requires the two LSBs of this value to be 01.
3003 By default, @code{-ircapture} and @code{-irmask} are set
3004 up to verify that two-bit value. You may provide
3005 additional bits, if you know them, or indicate that
3006 a TAP doesn't conform to the JTAG specification.
3007 @item @code{-irmask} @var{NUMBER}
3008 @*A mask used with @code{-ircapture}
3009 to verify that instruction scans work correctly.
3010 Such scans are not used by OpenOCD except to verify that
3011 there seems to be no problems with JTAG scan chain operations.
3012 @end itemize
3013 @end deffn
3014
3015 @section Other TAP commands
3016
3017 @deffn Command {jtag cget} dotted.name @option{-event} name
3018 @deffnx Command {jtag configure} dotted.name @option{-event} name string
3019 At this writing this TAP attribute
3020 mechanism is used only for event handling.
3021 (It is not a direct analogue of the @code{cget}/@code{configure}
3022 mechanism for debugger targets.)
3023 See the next section for information about the available events.
3024
3025 The @code{configure} subcommand assigns an event handler,
3026 a TCL string which is evaluated when the event is triggered.
3027 The @code{cget} subcommand returns that handler.
3028 @end deffn
3029
3030 @anchor{TAP Events}
3031 @section TAP Events
3032 @cindex events
3033 @cindex TAP events
3034
3035 OpenOCD includes two event mechanisms.
3036 The one presented here applies to all JTAG TAPs.
3037 The other applies to debugger targets,
3038 which are associated with certain TAPs.
3039
3040 The TAP events currently defined are:
3041
3042 @itemize @bullet
3043 @item @b{post-reset}
3044 @* The TAP has just completed a JTAG reset.
3045 The tap may still be in the JTAG @sc{reset} state.
3046 Handlers for these events might perform initialization sequences
3047 such as issuing TCK cycles, TMS sequences to ensure
3048 exit from the ARM SWD mode, and more.
3049
3050 Because the scan chain has not yet been verified, handlers for these events
3051 @emph{should not issue commands which scan the JTAG IR or DR registers}
3052 of any particular target.
3053 @b{NOTE:} As this is written (September 2009), nothing prevents such access.
3054 @item @b{setup}
3055 @* The scan chain has been reset and verified.
3056 This handler may enable TAPs as needed.
3057 @item @b{tap-disable}
3058 @* The TAP needs to be disabled. This handler should
3059 implement @command{jtag tapdisable}
3060 by issuing the relevant JTAG commands.
3061 @item @b{tap-enable}
3062 @* The TAP needs to be enabled. This handler should
3063 implement @command{jtag tapenable}
3064 by issuing the relevant JTAG commands.
3065 @end itemize
3066
3067 If you need some action after each JTAG reset, which isn't actually
3068 specific to any TAP (since you can't yet trust the scan chain's
3069 contents to be accurate), you might:
3070
3071 @example
3072 jtag configure CHIP.jrc -event post-reset @{
3073 echo "JTAG Reset done"
3074 ... non-scan jtag operations to be done after reset
3075 @}
3076 @end example
3077
3078
3079 @anchor{Enabling and Disabling TAPs}
3080 @section Enabling and Disabling TAPs
3081 @cindex JTAG Route Controller
3082 @cindex jrc
3083
3084 In some systems, a @dfn{JTAG Route Controller} (JRC)
3085 is used to enable and/or disable specific JTAG TAPs.
3086 Many ARM based chips from Texas Instruments include
3087 an ``ICEpick'' module, which is a JRC.
3088 Such chips include DaVinci and OMAP3 processors.
3089
3090 A given TAP may not be visible until the JRC has been
3091 told to link it into the scan chain; and if the JRC
3092 has been told to unlink that TAP, it will no longer
3093 be visible.
3094 Such routers address problems that JTAG ``bypass mode''
3095 ignores, such as:
3096
3097 @itemize
3098 @item The scan chain can only go as fast as its slowest TAP.
3099 @item Having many TAPs slows instruction scans, since all
3100 TAPs receive new instructions.
3101 @item TAPs in the scan chain must be powered up, which wastes
3102 power and prevents debugging some power management mechanisms.
3103 @end itemize
3104
3105 The IEEE 1149.1 JTAG standard has no concept of a ``disabled'' tap,
3106 as implied by the existence of JTAG routers.
3107 However, the upcoming IEEE 1149.7 framework (layered on top of JTAG)
3108 does include a kind of JTAG router functionality.
3109
3110 @c (a) currently the event handlers don't seem to be able to
3111 @c fail in a way that could lead to no-change-of-state.
3112
3113 In OpenOCD, tap enabling/disabling is invoked by the Tcl commands
3114 shown below, and is implemented using TAP event handlers.
3115 So for example, when defining a TAP for a CPU connected to
3116 a JTAG router, your @file{target.cfg} file
3117 should define TAP event handlers using
3118 code that looks something like this:
3119
3120 @example
3121 jtag configure CHIP.cpu -event tap-enable @{
3122 ... jtag operations using CHIP.jrc
3123 @}
3124 jtag configure CHIP.cpu -event tap-disable @{
3125 ... jtag operations using CHIP.jrc
3126 @}
3127 @end example
3128
3129 Then you might want that CPU's TAP enabled almost all the time:
3130
3131 @example
3132 jtag configure $CHIP.jrc -event setup "jtag tapenable $CHIP.cpu"
3133 @end example
3134
3135 Note how that particular setup event handler declaration
3136 uses quotes to evaluate @code{$CHIP} when the event is configured.
3137 Using brackets @{ @} would cause it to be evaluated later,
3138 at runtime, when it might have a different value.
3139
3140 @deffn Command {jtag tapdisable} dotted.name
3141 If necessary, disables the tap
3142 by sending it a @option{tap-disable} event.
3143 Returns the string "1" if the tap
3144 specified by @var{dotted.name} is enabled,
3145 and "0" if it is disabled.
3146 @end deffn
3147
3148 @deffn Command {jtag tapenable} dotted.name
3149 If necessary, enables the tap
3150 by sending it a @option{tap-enable} event.
3151 Returns the string "1" if the tap
3152 specified by @var{dotted.name} is enabled,
3153 and "0" if it is disabled.
3154 @end deffn
3155
3156 @deffn Command {jtag tapisenabled} dotted.name
3157 Returns the string "1" if the tap
3158 specified by @var{dotted.name} is enabled,
3159 and "0" if it is disabled.
3160
3161 @quotation Note
3162 Humans will find the @command{scan_chain} command more helpful
3163 for querying the state of the JTAG taps.
3164 @end quotation
3165 @end deffn
3166
3167 @anchor{Autoprobing}
3168 @section Autoprobing
3169 @cindex autoprobe
3170 @cindex JTAG autoprobe
3171
3172 TAP configuration is the first thing that needs to be done
3173 after interface and reset configuration. Sometimes it's
3174 hard finding out what TAPs exist, or how they are identified.
3175 Vendor documentation is not always easy to find and use.
3176
3177 To help you get past such problems, OpenOCD has a limited
3178 @emph{autoprobing} ability to look at the scan chain, doing
3179 a @dfn{blind interrogation} and then reporting the TAPs it finds.
3180 To use this mechanism, start the OpenOCD server with only data
3181 that configures your JTAG interface, and arranges to come up
3182 with a slow clock (many devices don't support fast JTAG clocks
3183 right when they come out of reset).
3184
3185 For example, your @file{openocd.cfg} file might have:
3186
3187 @example
3188 source [find interface/olimex-arm-usb-tiny-h.cfg]
3189 reset_config trst_and_srst
3190 jtag_rclk 8
3191 @end example
3192
3193 When you start the server without any TAPs configured, it will
3194 attempt to autoconfigure the TAPs. There are two parts to this:
3195
3196 @enumerate
3197 @item @emph{TAP discovery} ...
3198 After a JTAG reset (sometimes a system reset may be needed too),
3199 each TAP's data registers will hold the contents of either the
3200 IDCODE or BYPASS register.
3201 If JTAG communication is working, OpenOCD will see each TAP,
3202 and report what @option{-expected-id} to use with it.
3203 @item @emph{IR Length discovery} ...
3204 Unfortunately JTAG does not provide a reliable way to find out
3205 the value of the @option{-irlen} parameter to use with a TAP
3206 that is discovered.
3207 If OpenOCD can discover the length of a TAP's instruction
3208 register, it will report it.
3209 Otherwise you may need to consult vendor documentation, such
3210 as chip data sheets or BSDL files.
3211 @end enumerate
3212
3213 In many cases your board will have a simple scan chain with just
3214 a single device. Here's what OpenOCD reported with one board
3215 that's a bit more complex:
3216
3217 @example
3218 clock speed 8 kHz
3219 There are no enabled taps. AUTO PROBING MIGHT NOT WORK!!
3220 AUTO auto0.tap - use "jtag newtap auto0 tap -expected-id 0x2b900f0f ..."
3221 AUTO auto1.tap - use "jtag newtap auto1 tap -expected-id 0x07926001 ..."
3222 AUTO auto2.tap - use "jtag newtap auto2 tap -expected-id 0x0b73b02f ..."
3223 AUTO auto0.tap - use "... -irlen 4"
3224 AUTO auto1.tap - use "... -irlen 4"
3225 AUTO auto2.tap - use "... -irlen 6"
3226 no gdb ports allocated as no target has been specified
3227 @end example
3228
3229 Given that information, you should be able to either find some existing
3230 config files to use, or create your own. If you create your own, you
3231 would configure from the bottom up: first a @file{target.cfg} file
3232 with these TAPs, any targets associated with them, and any on-chip
3233 resources; then a @file{board.cfg} with off-chip resources, clocking,
3234 and so forth.
3235
3236 @node CPU Configuration
3237 @chapter CPU Configuration
3238 @cindex GDB target
3239
3240 This chapter discusses how to set up GDB debug targets for CPUs.
3241 You can also access these targets without GDB
3242 (@pxref{Architecture and Core Commands},
3243 and @ref{Target State handling}) and
3244 through various kinds of NAND and NOR flash commands.
3245 If you have multiple CPUs you can have multiple such targets.
3246
3247 We'll start by looking at how to examine the targets you have,
3248 then look at how to add one more target and how to configure it.
3249
3250 @section Target List
3251 @cindex target, current
3252 @cindex target, list
3253
3254 All targets that have been set up are part of a list,
3255 where each member has a name.
3256 That name should normally be the same as the TAP name.
3257 You can display the list with the @command{targets}
3258 (plural!) command.
3259 This display often has only one CPU; here's what it might
3260 look like with more than one:
3261 @verbatim
3262 TargetName Type Endian TapName State
3263 -- ------------------ ---------- ------ ------------------ ------------
3264 0* at91rm9200.cpu arm920t little at91rm9200.cpu running
3265 1 MyTarget cortex_m3 little mychip.foo tap-disabled
3266 @end verbatim
3267
3268 One member of that list is the @dfn{current target}, which
3269 is implicitly referenced by many commands.
3270 It's the one marked with a @code{*} near the target name.
3271 In particular, memory addresses often refer to the address
3272 space seen by that current target.
3273 Commands like @command{mdw} (memory display words)
3274 and @command{flash erase_address} (erase NOR flash blocks)
3275 are examples; and there are many more.
3276
3277 Several commands let you examine the list of targets:
3278
3279 @deffn Command {target count}
3280 @emph{Note: target numbers are deprecated; don't use them.
3281 They will be removed shortly after August 2010, including this command.
3282 Iterate target using @command{target names}, not by counting.}
3283
3284 Returns the number of targets, @math{N}.
3285 The highest numbered target is @math{N - 1}.
3286 @example
3287 set c [target count]
3288 for @{ set x 0 @} @{ $x < $c @} @{ incr x @} @{
3289 # Assuming you have created this function
3290 print_target_details $x
3291 @}
3292 @end example
3293 @end deffn
3294
3295 @deffn Command {target current}
3296 Returns the name of the current target.
3297 @end deffn
3298
3299 @deffn Command {target names}
3300 Lists the names of all current targets in the list.
3301 @example
3302 foreach t [target names] @{
3303 puts [format "Target: %s\n" $t]
3304 @}
3305 @end example
3306 @end deffn
3307
3308 @deffn Command {target number} number
3309 @emph{Note: target numbers are deprecated; don't use them.
3310 They will be removed shortly after August 2010, including this command.}
3311
3312 The list of targets is numbered starting at zero.
3313 This command returns the name of the target at index @var{number}.
3314 @example
3315 set thename [target number $x]
3316 puts [format "Target %d is: %s\n" $x $thename]
3317 @end example
3318 @end deffn
3319
3320 @c yep, "target list" would have been better.
3321 @c plus maybe "target setdefault".
3322
3323 @deffn Command targets [name]
3324 @emph{Note: the name of this command is plural. Other target
3325 command names are singular.}
3326
3327 With no parameter, this command displays a table of all known
3328 targets in a user friendly form.
3329
3330 With a parameter, this command sets the current target to
3331 the given target with the given @var{name}; this is
3332 only relevant on boards which have more than one target.
3333 @end deffn
3334
3335 @section Target CPU Types and Variants
3336 @cindex target type
3337 @cindex CPU type
3338 @cindex CPU variant
3339
3340 Each target has a @dfn{CPU type}, as shown in the output of
3341 the @command{targets} command. You need to specify that type
3342 when calling @command{target create}.
3343 The CPU type indicates more than just the instruction set.
3344 It also indicates how that instruction set is implemented,
3345 what kind of debug support it integrates,
3346 whether it has an MMU (and if so, what kind),
3347 what core-specific commands may be available
3348 (@pxref{Architecture and Core Commands}),
3349 and more.
3350
3351 For some CPU types, OpenOCD also defines @dfn{variants} which
3352 indicate differences that affect their handling.
3353 For example, a particular implementation bug might need to be
3354 worked around in some chip versions.
3355
3356 It's easy to see what target types are supported,
3357 since there's a command to list them.
3358 However, there is currently no way to list what target variants
3359 are supported (other than by reading the OpenOCD source code).
3360
3361 @anchor{target types}
3362 @deffn Command {target types}
3363 Lists all supported target types.
3364 At this writing, the supported CPU types and variants are:
3365
3366 @itemize @bullet
3367 @item @code{arm11} -- this is a generation of ARMv6 cores
3368 @item @code{arm720t} -- this is an ARMv4 core with an MMU
3369 @item @code{arm7tdmi} -- this is an ARMv4 core
3370 @item @code{arm920t} -- this is an ARMv5 core with an MMU
3371 @item @code{arm926ejs} -- this is an ARMv5 core with an MMU
3372 @item @code{arm966e} -- this is an ARMv5 core
3373 @item @code{arm9tdmi} -- this is an ARMv4 core
3374 @item @code{avr} -- implements Atmel's 8-bit AVR instruction set.
3375 (Support for this is preliminary and incomplete.)
3376 @item @code{cortex_a8} -- this is an ARMv7 core with an MMU
3377 @item @code{cortex_m3} -- this is an ARMv7 core, supporting only the
3378 compact Thumb2 instruction set. It supports one variant:
3379 @itemize @minus
3380 @item @code{lm3s} ... Use this when debugging older Stellaris LM3S targets.
3381 This will cause OpenOCD to use a software reset rather than asserting
3382 SRST, to avoid a issue with clearing the debug registers.
3383 This is fixed in Fury Rev B, DustDevil Rev B, Tempest; these revisions will
3384 be detected and the normal reset behaviour used.
3385 @end itemize
3386 @item @code{dragonite} -- resembles arm966e
3387 @item @code{dsp563xx} -- implements Freescale's 24-bit DSP.
3388 (Support for this is still incomplete.)
3389 @item @code{fa526} -- resembles arm920 (w/o Thumb)
3390 @item @code{feroceon} -- resembles arm926
3391 @item @code{mips_m4k} -- a MIPS core. This supports one variant:
3392 @itemize @minus
3393 @item @code{ejtag_srst} ... Use this when debugging targets that do not
3394 provide a functional SRST line on the EJTAG connector. This causes
3395 OpenOCD to instead use an EJTAG software reset command to reset the
3396 processor.
3397 You still need to enable @option{srst} on the @command{reset_config}
3398 command to enable OpenOCD hardware reset functionality.
3399 @end itemize
3400 @item @code{xscale} -- this is actually an architecture,
3401 not a CPU type. It is based on the ARMv5 architecture.
3402 There are several variants defined:
3403 @itemize @minus
3404 @item @code{ixp42x}, @code{ixp45x}, @code{ixp46x},
3405 @code{pxa27x} ... instruction register length is 7 bits
3406 @item @code{pxa250}, @code{pxa255},
3407 @code{pxa26x} ... instruction register length is 5 bits
3408 @item @code{pxa3xx} ... instruction register length is 11 bits
3409 @end itemize
3410 @end itemize
3411 @end deffn
3412
3413 To avoid being confused by the variety of ARM based cores, remember
3414 this key point: @emph{ARM is a technology licencing company}.
3415 (See: @url{http://www.arm.com}.)
3416 The CPU name used by OpenOCD will reflect the CPU design that was
3417 licenced, not a vendor brand which incorporates that design.
3418 Name prefixes like arm7, arm9, arm11, and cortex
3419 reflect design generations;
3420 while names like ARMv4, ARMv5, ARMv6, and ARMv7
3421 reflect an architecture version implemented by a CPU design.
3422
3423 @anchor{Target Configuration}
3424 @section Target Configuration
3425
3426 Before creating a ``target'', you must have added its TAP to the scan chain.
3427 When you've added that TAP, you will have a @code{dotted.name}
3428 which is used to set up the CPU support.
3429 The chip-specific configuration file will normally configure its CPU(s)
3430 right after it adds all of the chip's TAPs to the scan chain.
3431
3432 Although you can set up a target in one step, it's often clearer if you
3433 use shorter commands and do it in two steps: create it, then configure
3434 optional parts.
3435 All operations on the target after it's created will use a new
3436 command, created as part of target creation.
3437
3438 The two main things to configure after target creation are
3439 a work area, which usually has target-specific defaults even
3440 if the board setup code overrides them later;
3441 and event handlers (@pxref{Target Events}), which tend
3442 to be much more board-specific.
3443 The key steps you use might look something like this
3444
3445 @example
3446 target create MyTarget cortex_m3 -chain-position mychip.cpu
3447 $MyTarget configure -work-area-phys 0x08000 -work-area-size 8096
3448 $MyTarget configure -event reset-deassert-pre @{ jtag_rclk 5 @}
3449 $MyTarget configure -event reset-init @{ myboard_reinit @}
3450 @end example
3451
3452 You should specify a working area if you can; typically it uses some
3453 on-chip SRAM.
3454 Such a working area can speed up many things, including bulk
3455 writes to target memory;
3456 flash operations like checking to see if memory needs to be erased;
3457 GDB memory checksumming;
3458 and more.
3459
3460 @quotation Warning
3461 On more complex chips, the work area can become
3462 inaccessible when application code
3463 (such as an operating system)
3464 enables or disables the MMU.
3465 For example, the particular MMU context used to acess the virtual
3466 address will probably matter ... and that context might not have
3467 easy access to other addresses needed.
3468 At this writing, OpenOCD doesn't have much MMU intelligence.
3469 @end quotation
3470
3471 It's often very useful to define a @code{reset-init} event handler.
3472 For systems that are normally used with a boot loader,
3473 common tasks include updating clocks and initializing memory
3474 controllers.
3475 That may be needed to let you write the boot loader into flash,
3476 in order to ``de-brick'' your board; or to load programs into
3477 external DDR memory without having run the boot loader.
3478
3479 @deffn Command {target create} target_name type configparams...
3480 This command creates a GDB debug target that refers to a specific JTAG tap.
3481 It enters that target into a list, and creates a new
3482 command (@command{@var{target_name}}) which is used for various
3483 purposes including additional configuration.
3484
3485 @itemize @bullet
3486 @item @var{target_name} ... is the name of the debug target.
3487 By convention this should be the same as the @emph{dotted.name}
3488 of the TAP associated with this target, which must be specified here
3489 using the @code{-chain-position @var{dotted.name}} configparam.
3490
3491 This name is also used to create the target object command,
3492 referred to here as @command{$target_name},
3493 and in other places the target needs to be identified.
3494 @item @var{type} ... specifies the target type. @xref{target types}.
3495 @item @var{configparams} ... all parameters accepted by
3496 @command{$target_name configure} are permitted.
3497 If the target is big-endian, set it here with @code{-endian big}.
3498 If the variant matters, set it here with @code{-variant}.
3499
3500 You @emph{must} set the @code{-chain-position @var{dotted.name}} here.
3501 @end itemize
3502 @end deffn
3503
3504 @deffn Command {$target_name configure} configparams...
3505 The options accepted by this command may also be
3506 specified as parameters to @command{target create}.
3507 Their values can later be queried one at a time by
3508 using the @command{$target_name cget} command.
3509
3510 @emph{Warning:} changing some of these after setup is dangerous.
3511 For example, moving a target from one TAP to another;
3512 and changing its endianness or variant.
3513
3514 @itemize @bullet
3515
3516 @item @code{-chain-position} @var{dotted.name} -- names the TAP
3517 used to access this target.
3518
3519 @item @code{-endian} (@option{big}|@option{little}) -- specifies
3520 whether the CPU uses big or little endian conventions
3521
3522 @item @code{-event} @var{event_name} @var{event_body} --
3523 @xref{Target Events}.
3524 Note that this updates a list of named event handlers.
3525 Calling this twice with two different event names assigns
3526 two different handlers, but calling it twice with the
3527 same event name assigns only one handler.
3528
3529 @item @code{-variant} @var{name} -- specifies a variant of the target,
3530 which OpenOCD needs to know about.
3531
3532 @item @code{-work-area-backup} (@option{0}|@option{1}) -- says
3533 whether the work area gets backed up; by default,
3534 @emph{it is not backed up.}
3535 When possible, use a working_area that doesn't need to be backed up,
3536 since performing a backup slows down operations.
3537 For example, the beginning of an SRAM block is likely to
3538 be used by most build systems, but the end is often unused.
3539
3540 @item @code{-work-area-size} @var{size} -- specify work are size,
3541 in bytes. The same size applies regardless of whether its physical
3542 or virtual address is being used.
3543
3544 @item @code{-work-area-phys} @var{address} -- set the work area
3545 base @var{address} to be used when no MMU is active.
3546
3547 @item @code{-work-area-virt} @var{address} -- set the work area
3548 base @var{address} to be used when an MMU is active.
3549 @emph{Do not specify a value for this except on targets with an MMU.}
3550 The value should normally correspond to a static mapping for the
3551 @code{-work-area-phys} address, set up by the current operating system.
3552
3553 @end itemize
3554 @end deffn
3555
3556 @section Other $target_name Commands
3557 @cindex object command
3558
3559 The Tcl/Tk language has the concept of object commands,
3560 and OpenOCD adopts that same model for targets.
3561
3562 A good Tk example is a on screen button.
3563 Once a button is created a button
3564 has a name (a path in Tk terms) and that name is useable as a first
3565 class command. For example in Tk, one can create a button and later
3566 configure it like this:
3567
3568 @example
3569 # Create
3570 button .foobar -background red -command @{ foo @}
3571 # Modify
3572 .foobar configure -foreground blue
3573 # Query
3574 set x [.foobar cget -background]
3575 # Report
3576 puts [format "The button is %s" $x]
3577 @end example
3578
3579 In OpenOCD's terms, the ``target'' is an object just like a Tcl/Tk
3580 button, and its object commands are invoked the same way.
3581
3582 @example
3583 str912.cpu mww 0x1234 0x42
3584 omap3530.cpu mww 0x5555 123
3585 @end example
3586
3587 The commands supported by OpenOCD target objects are:
3588
3589 @deffn Command {$target_name arp_examine}
3590 @deffnx Command {$target_name arp_halt}
3591 @deffnx Command {$target_name arp_poll}
3592 @deffnx Command {$target_name arp_reset}
3593 @deffnx Command {$target_name arp_waitstate}
3594 Internal OpenOCD scripts (most notably @file{startup.tcl})
3595 use these to deal with specific reset cases.
3596 They are not otherwise documented here.
3597 @end deffn
3598
3599 @deffn Command {$target_name array2mem} arrayname width address count
3600 @deffnx Command {$target_name mem2array} arrayname width address count
3601 These provide an efficient script-oriented interface to memory.
3602 The @code{array2mem} primitive writes bytes, halfwords, or words;
3603 while @code{mem2array} reads them.
3604 In both cases, the TCL side uses an array, and
3605 the target side uses raw memory.
3606
3607 The efficiency comes from enabling the use of
3608 bulk JTAG data transfer operations.
3609 The script orientation comes from working with data
3610 values that are packaged for use by TCL scripts;
3611 @command{mdw} type primitives only print data they retrieve,
3612 and neither store nor return those values.
3613
3614 @itemize
3615 @item @var{arrayname} ... is the name of an array variable
3616 @item @var{width} ... is 8/16/32 - indicating the memory access size
3617 @item @var{address} ... is the target memory address
3618 @item @var{count} ... is the number of elements to process
3619 @end itemize
3620 @end deffn
3621
3622 @deffn Command {$target_name cget} queryparm
3623 Each configuration parameter accepted by
3624 @command{$target_name configure}
3625 can be individually queried, to return its current value.
3626 The @var{queryparm} is a parameter name
3627 accepted by that command, such as @code{-work-area-phys}.
3628 There are a few special cases:
3629
3630 @itemize @bullet
3631 @item @code{-event} @var{event_name} -- returns the handler for the
3632 event named @var{event_name}.
3633 This is a special case because setting a handler requires
3634 two parameters.
3635 @item @code{-type} -- returns the target type.
3636 This is a special case because this is set using
3637 @command{target create} and can't be changed
3638 using @command{$target_name configure}.
3639 @end itemize
3640
3641 For example, if you wanted to summarize information about
3642 all the targets you might use something like this:
3643
3644 @example
3645 foreach name [target names] @{
3646 set y [$name cget -endian]
3647 set z [$name cget -type]
3648 puts [format "Chip %d is %s, Endian: %s, type: %s" \
3649 $x $name $y $z]
3650 @}
3651 @end example
3652 @end deffn
3653
3654 @anchor{target curstate}
3655 @deffn Command {$target_name curstate}
3656 Displays the current target state:
3657 @code{debug-running},
3658 @code{halted},
3659 @code{reset},
3660 @code{running}, or @code{unknown}.
3661 (Also, @pxref{Event Polling}.)
3662 @end deffn
3663
3664 @deffn Command {$target_name eventlist}
3665 Displays a table listing all event handlers
3666 currently associated with this target.
3667 @xref{Target Events}.
3668 @end deffn
3669
3670 @deffn Command {$target_name invoke-event} event_name
3671 Invokes the handler for the event named @var{event_name}.
3672 (This is primarily intended for use by OpenOCD framework
3673 code, for example by the reset code in @file{startup.tcl}.)
3674 @end deffn
3675
3676 @deffn Command {$target_name mdw} addr [count]
3677 @deffnx Command {$target_name mdh} addr [count]
3678 @deffnx Command {$target_name mdb} addr [count]
3679 Display contents of address @var{addr}, as
3680 32-bit words (@command{mdw}), 16-bit halfwords (@command{mdh}),
3681 or 8-bit bytes (@command{mdb}).
3682 If @var{count} is specified, displays that many units.
3683 (If you want to manipulate the data instead of displaying it,
3684 see the @code{mem2array} primitives.)
3685 @end deffn
3686
3687 @deffn Command {$target_name mww} addr word
3688 @deffnx Command {$target_name mwh} addr halfword
3689 @deffnx Command {$target_name mwb} addr byte
3690 Writes the specified @var{word} (32 bits),
3691 @var{halfword} (16 bits), or @var{byte} (8-bit) pattern,
3692 at the specified address @var{addr}.
3693 @end deffn
3694
3695 @anchor{Target Events}
3696 @section Target Events
3697 @cindex target events
3698 @cindex events
3699 At various times, certain things can happen, or you want them to happen.
3700 For example:
3701 @itemize @bullet
3702 @item What should happen when GDB connects? Should your target reset?
3703 @item When GDB tries to flash the target, do you need to enable the flash via a special command?
3704 @item Is using SRST appropriate (and possible) on your system?
3705 Or instead of that, do you need to issue JTAG commands to trigger reset?
3706 SRST usually resets everything on the scan chain, which can be inappropriate.
3707 @item During reset, do you need to write to certain memory locations
3708 to set up system clocks or
3709 to reconfigure the SDRAM?
3710 How about configuring the watchdog timer, or other peripherals,
3711 to stop running while you hold the core stopped for debugging?
3712 @end itemize
3713
3714 All of the above items can be addressed by target event handlers.
3715 These are set up by @command{$target_name configure -event} or
3716 @command{target create ... -event}.
3717
3718 The programmer's model matches the @code{-command} option used in Tcl/Tk
3719 buttons and events. The two examples below act the same, but one creates
3720 and invokes a small procedure while the other inlines it.
3721
3722 @example
3723 proc my_attach_proc @{ @} @{
3724 echo "Reset..."
3725 reset halt
3726 @}
3727 mychip.cpu configure -event gdb-attach my_attach_proc
3728 mychip.cpu configure -event gdb-attach @{
3729 echo "Reset..."
3730 reset halt
3731 @}
3732 @end example
3733
3734 The following target events are defined:
3735
3736 @itemize @bullet
3737 @item @b{debug-halted}
3738 @* The target has halted for debug reasons (i.e.: breakpoint)
3739 @item @b{debug-resumed}
3740 @* The target has resumed (i.e.: gdb said run)
3741 @item @b{early-halted}
3742 @* Occurs early in the halt process
3743 @ignore
3744 @item @b{examine-end}
3745 @* Currently not used (goal: when JTAG examine completes)
3746 @item @b{examine-start}
3747 @* Currently not used (goal: when JTAG examine starts)
3748 @end ignore
3749 @item @b{gdb-attach}
3750 @* When GDB connects
3751 @item @b{gdb-detach}
3752 @* When GDB disconnects
3753 @item @b{gdb-end}
3754 @* When the target has halted and GDB is not doing anything (see early halt)
3755 @item @b{gdb-flash-erase-start}
3756 @* Before the GDB flash process tries to erase the flash
3757 @item @b{gdb-flash-erase-end}
3758 @* After the GDB flash process has finished erasing the flash
3759 @item @b{gdb-flash-write-start}
3760 @* Before GDB writes to the flash
3761 @item @b{gdb-flash-write-end}
3762 @* After GDB writes to the flash
3763 @item @b{gdb-start}
3764 @* Before the target steps, gdb is trying to start/resume the target
3765 @item @b{halted}
3766 @* The target has halted
3767 @ignore
3768 @item @b{old-gdb_program_config}
3769 @* DO NOT USE THIS: Used internally
3770 @item @b{old-pre_resume}
3771 @* DO NOT USE THIS: Used internally
3772 @end ignore
3773 @item @b{reset-assert-pre}
3774 @* Issued as part of @command{reset} processing
3775 after @command{reset_init} was triggered
3776 but before either SRST alone is re-asserted on the scan chain,
3777 or @code{reset-assert} is triggered.
3778 @item @b{reset-assert}
3779 @* Issued as part of @command{reset} processing
3780 after @command{reset-assert-pre} was triggered.
3781 When such a handler is present, cores which support this event will use
3782 it instead of asserting SRST.
3783 This support is essential for debugging with JTAG interfaces which
3784 don't include an SRST line (JTAG doesn't require SRST), and for
3785 selective reset on scan chains that have multiple targets.
3786 @item @b{reset-assert-post}
3787 @* Issued as part of @command{reset} processing
3788 after @code{reset-assert} has been triggered.
3789 or the target asserted SRST on the entire scan chain.
3790 @item @b{reset-deassert-pre}
3791 @* Issued as part of @command{reset} processing
3792 after @code{reset-assert-post} has been triggered.
3793 @item @b{reset-deassert-post}
3794 @* Issued as part of @command{reset} processing
3795 after @code{reset-deassert-pre} has been triggered
3796 and (if the target is using it) after SRST has been
3797 released on the scan chain.
3798 @item @b{reset-end}
3799 @* Issued as the final step in @command{reset} processing.
3800 @ignore
3801 @item @b{reset-halt-post}
3802 @* Currently not used
3803 @item @b{reset-halt-pre}
3804 @* Currently not used
3805 @end ignore
3806 @item @b{reset-init}
3807 @* Used by @b{reset init} command for board-specific initialization.
3808 This event fires after @emph{reset-deassert-post}.
3809
3810 This is where you would configure PLLs and clocking, set up DRAM so
3811 you can download programs that don't fit in on-chip SRAM, set up pin
3812 multiplexing, and so on.
3813 (You may be able to switch to a fast JTAG clock rate here, after
3814 the target clocks are fully set up.)
3815 @item @b{reset-start}
3816 @* Issued as part of @command{reset} processing
3817 before @command{reset_init} is called.
3818
3819 This is the most robust place to use @command{jtag_rclk}
3820 or @command{jtag_khz} to switch to a low JTAG clock rate,
3821 when reset disables PLLs needed to use a fast clock.
3822 @ignore
3823 @item @b{reset-wait-pos}
3824 @* Currently not used
3825 @item @b{reset-wait-pre}
3826 @* Currently not used
3827 @end ignore
3828 @item @b{resume-start}
3829 @* Before any target is resumed
3830 @item @b{resume-end}
3831 @* After all targets have resumed
3832 @item @b{resume-ok}
3833 @* Success
3834 @item @b{resumed}
3835 @* Target has resumed
3836 @end itemize
3837
3838
3839 @node Flash Commands
3840 @chapter Flash Commands
3841
3842 OpenOCD has different commands for NOR and NAND flash;
3843 the ``flash'' command works with NOR flash, while
3844 the ``nand'' command works with NAND flash.
3845 This partially reflects different hardware technologies:
3846 NOR flash usually supports direct CPU instruction and data bus access,
3847 while data from a NAND flash must be copied to memory before it can be
3848 used. (SPI flash must also be copied to memory before use.)
3849 However, the documentation also uses ``flash'' as a generic term;
3850 for example, ``Put flash configuration in board-specific files''.
3851
3852 Flash Steps:
3853 @enumerate
3854 @item Configure via the command @command{flash bank}
3855 @* Do this in a board-specific configuration file,
3856 passing parameters as needed by the driver.
3857 @item Operate on the flash via @command{flash subcommand}
3858 @* Often commands to manipulate the flash are typed by a human, or run
3859 via a script in some automated way. Common tasks include writing a
3860 boot loader, operating system, or other data.
3861 @item GDB Flashing
3862 @* Flashing via GDB requires the flash be configured via ``flash
3863 bank'', and the GDB flash features be enabled.
3864 @xref{GDB Configuration}.
3865 @end enumerate
3866
3867 Many CPUs have the ablity to ``boot'' from the first flash bank.
3868 This means that misprogramming that bank can ``brick'' a system,
3869 so that it can't boot.
3870 JTAG tools, like OpenOCD, are often then used to ``de-brick'' the
3871 board by (re)installing working boot firmware.
3872
3873 @anchor{NOR Configuration}
3874 @section Flash Configuration Commands
3875 @cindex flash configuration
3876
3877 @deffn {Config Command} {flash bank} name driver base size chip_width bus_width target [driver_options]
3878 Configures a flash bank which provides persistent storage
3879 for addresses from @math{base} to @math{base + size - 1}.
3880 These banks will often be visible to GDB through the target's memory map.
3881 In some cases, configuring a flash bank will activate extra commands;
3882 see the driver-specific documentation.
3883
3884 @itemize @bullet
3885 @item @var{name} ... may be used to reference the flash bank
3886 in other flash commands. A number is also available.
3887 @item @var{driver} ... identifies the controller driver
3888 associated with the flash bank being declared.
3889 This is usually @code{cfi} for external flash, or else
3890 the name of a microcontroller with embedded flash memory.
3891 @xref{Flash Driver List}.
3892 @item @var{base} ... Base address of the flash chip.
3893 @item @var{size} ... Size of the chip, in bytes.
3894 For some drivers, this value is detected from the hardware.
3895 @item @var{chip_width} ... Width of the flash chip, in bytes;
3896 ignored for most microcontroller drivers.
3897 @item @var{bus_width} ... Width of the data bus used to access the
3898 chip, in bytes; ignored for most microcontroller drivers.
3899 @item @var{target} ... Names the target used to issue
3900 commands to the flash controller.
3901 @comment Actually, it's currently a controller-specific parameter...
3902 @item @var{driver_options} ... drivers may support, or require,
3903 additional parameters. See the driver-specific documentation
3904 for more information.
3905 @end itemize
3906 @quotation Note
3907 This command is not available after OpenOCD initialization has completed.
3908 Use it in board specific configuration files, not interactively.
3909 @end quotation
3910 @end deffn
3911
3912 @comment the REAL name for this command is "ocd_flash_banks"
3913 @comment less confusing would be: "flash list" (like "nand list")
3914 @deffn Command {flash banks}
3915 Prints a one-line summary of each device that was
3916 declared using @command{flash bank}, numbered from zero.
3917 Note that this is the @emph{plural} form;
3918 the @emph{singular} form is a very different command.
3919 @end deffn
3920
3921 @deffn Command {flash list}
3922 Retrieves a list of associative arrays for each device that was
3923 declared using @command{flash bank}, numbered from zero.
3924 This returned list can be manipulated easily from within scripts.
3925 @end deffn
3926
3927 @deffn Command {flash probe} num
3928 Identify the flash, or validate the parameters of the configured flash. Operation
3929 depends on the flash type.
3930 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
3931 Most flash commands will implicitly @emph{autoprobe} the bank;
3932 flash drivers can distinguish between probing and autoprobing,
3933 but most don't bother.
3934 @end deffn
3935
3936 @section Erasing, Reading, Writing to Flash
3937 @cindex flash erasing
3938 @cindex flash reading
3939 @cindex flash writing
3940 @cindex flash programming
3941
3942 One feature distinguishing NOR flash from NAND or serial flash technologies
3943 is that for read access, it acts exactly like any other addressible memory.
3944 This means you can use normal memory read commands like @command{mdw} or
3945 @command{dump_image} with it, with no special @command{flash} subcommands.
3946 @xref{Memory access}, and @ref{Image access}.
3947
3948 Write access works differently. Flash memory normally needs to be erased
3949 before it's written. Erasing a sector turns all of its bits to ones, and
3950 writing can turn ones into zeroes. This is why there are special commands
3951 for interactive erasing and writing, and why GDB needs to know which parts
3952 of the address space hold NOR flash memory.
3953
3954 @quotation Note
3955 Most of these erase and write commands leverage the fact that NOR flash
3956 chips consume target address space. They implicitly refer to the current
3957 JTAG target, and map from an address in that target's address space
3958 back to a flash bank.
3959 @comment In May 2009, those mappings may fail if any bank associated
3960 @comment with that target doesn't succesfuly autoprobe ... bug worth fixing?
3961 A few commands use abstract addressing based on bank and sector numbers,
3962 and don't depend on searching the current target and its address space.
3963 Avoid confusing the two command models.
3964 @end quotation
3965
3966 Some flash chips implement software protection against accidental writes,
3967 since such buggy writes could in some cases ``brick'' a system.
3968 For such systems, erasing and writing may require sector protection to be
3969 disabled first.
3970 Examples include CFI flash such as ``Intel Advanced Bootblock flash'',
3971 and AT91SAM7 on-chip flash.
3972 @xref{flash protect}.
3973
3974 @anchor{flash erase_sector}
3975 @deffn Command {flash erase_sector} num first last
3976 Erase sectors in bank @var{num}, starting at sector @var{first}
3977 up to and including @var{last}.
3978 Sector numbering starts at 0.
3979 Providing a @var{last} sector of @option{last}
3980 specifies "to the end of the flash bank".
3981 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
3982 @end deffn
3983
3984 @deffn Command {flash erase_address} [@option{pad}] address length
3985 Erase sectors starting at @var{address} for @var{length} bytes.
3986 Unless @option{pad} is specified, @math{address} must begin a
3987 flash sector, and @math{address + length - 1} must end a sector.
3988 Specifying @option{pad} erases extra data at the beginning and/or
3989 end of the specified region, as needed to erase only full sectors.
3990 The flash bank to use is inferred from the @var{address}, and
3991 the specified length must stay within that bank.
3992 As a special case, when @var{length} is zero and @var{address} is
3993 the start of the bank, the whole flash is erased.
3994 @end deffn
3995
3996 @deffn Command {flash fillw} address word length
3997 @deffnx Command {flash fillh} address halfword length
3998 @deffnx Command {flash fillb} address byte length
3999 Fills flash memory with the specified @var{word} (32 bits),
4000 @var{halfword} (16 bits), or @var{byte} (8-bit) pattern,
4001 starting at @var{address} and continuing
4002 for @var{length} units (word/halfword/byte).
4003 No erasure is done before writing; when needed, that must be done
4004 before issuing this command.
4005 Writes are done in blocks of up to 1024 bytes, and each write is
4006 verified by reading back the data and comparing it to what was written.
4007 The flash bank to use is inferred from the @var{address} of
4008 each block, and the specified length must stay within that bank.
4009 @end deffn
4010 @comment no current checks for errors if fill blocks touch multiple banks!
4011
4012 @anchor{flash write_bank}
4013 @deffn Command {flash write_bank} num filename offset
4014 Write the binary @file{filename} to flash bank @var{num},
4015 starting at @var{offset} bytes from the beginning of the bank.
4016 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4017 @end deffn
4018
4019 @anchor{flash write_image}
4020 @deffn Command {flash write_image} [erase] [unlock] filename [offset] [type]
4021 Write the image @file{filename} to the current target's flash bank(s).
4022 A relocation @var{offset} may be specified, in which case it is added
4023 to the base address for each section in the image.
4024 The file [@var{type}] can be specified
4025 explicitly as @option{bin} (binary), @option{ihex} (Intel hex),
4026 @option{elf} (ELF file), @option{s19} (Motorola s19).
4027 @option{mem}, or @option{builder}.
4028 The relevant flash sectors will be erased prior to programming
4029 if the @option{erase} parameter is given. If @option{unlock} is
4030 provided, then the flash banks are unlocked before erase and
4031 program. The flash bank to use is inferred from the address of
4032 each image section.
4033
4034 @quotation Warning
4035 Be careful using the @option{erase} flag when the flash is holding
4036 data you want to preserve.
4037 Portions of the flash outside those described in the image's
4038 sections might be erased with no notice.
4039 @itemize
4040 @item
4041 When a section of the image being written does not fill out all the
4042 sectors it uses, the unwritten parts of those sectors are necessarily
4043 also erased, because sectors can't be partially erased.
4044 @item
4045 Data stored in sector "holes" between image sections are also affected.
4046 For example, "@command{flash write_image erase ...}" of an image with
4047 one byte at the beginning of a flash bank and one byte at the end
4048 erases the entire bank -- not just the two sectors being written.
4049 @end itemize
4050 Also, when flash protection is important, you must re-apply it after
4051 it has been removed by the @option{unlock} flag.
4052 @end quotation
4053
4054 @end deffn
4055
4056 @section Other Flash commands
4057 @cindex flash protection
4058
4059 @deffn Command {flash erase_check} num
4060 Check erase state of sectors in flash bank @var{num},
4061 and display that status.
4062 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4063 @end deffn
4064
4065 @deffn Command {flash info} num
4066 Print info about flash bank @var{num}
4067 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4068 The information includes per-sector protect status, which may be
4069 incorrect (outdated) unless you first issue a
4070 @command{flash protect_check num} command.
4071 @end deffn
4072
4073 @anchor{flash protect}
4074 @deffn Command {flash protect} num first last (@option{on}|@option{off})
4075 Enable (@option{on}) or disable (@option{off}) protection of flash sectors
4076 in flash bank @var{num}, starting at sector @var{first}
4077 and continuing up to and including @var{last}.
4078 Providing a @var{last} sector of @option{last}
4079 specifies "to the end of the flash bank".
4080 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4081 @end deffn
4082
4083 @deffn Command {flash protect_check} num
4084 Check protection state of sectors in flash bank @var{num}.
4085 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4086 @comment @option{flash erase_sector} using the same syntax.
4087 This updates the protection information displayed by @option{flash info}.
4088 (Code execution may have invalidated any state records kept by OpenOCD.)
4089 @end deffn
4090
4091 @anchor{Flash Driver List}
4092 @section Flash Driver List
4093 As noted above, the @command{flash bank} command requires a driver name,
4094 and allows driver-specific options and behaviors.
4095 Some drivers also activate driver-specific commands.
4096
4097 @subsection External Flash
4098
4099 @deffn {Flash Driver} cfi
4100 @cindex Common Flash Interface
4101 @cindex CFI
4102 The ``Common Flash Interface'' (CFI) is the main standard for
4103 external NOR flash chips, each of which connects to a
4104 specific external chip select on the CPU.
4105 Frequently the first such chip is used to boot the system.
4106 Your board's @code{reset-init} handler might need to
4107 configure additional chip selects using other commands (like: @command{mww} to
4108 configure a bus and its timings), or
4109 perhaps configure a GPIO pin that controls the ``write protect'' pin
4110 on the flash chip.
4111 The CFI driver can use a target-specific working area to significantly
4112 speed up operation.
4113
4114 The CFI driver can accept the following optional parameters, in any order:
4115
4116 @itemize
4117 @item @var{jedec_probe} ... is used to detect certain non-CFI flash ROMs,
4118 like AM29LV010 and similar types.
4119 @item @var{x16_as_x8} ... when a 16-bit flash is hooked up to an 8-bit bus.
4120 @end itemize
4121
4122 To configure two adjacent banks of 16 MBytes each, both sixteen bits (two bytes)
4123 wide on a sixteen bit bus:
4124
4125 @example
4126 flash bank cfi 0x00000000 0x01000000 2 2 $_TARGETNAME
4127 flash bank cfi 0x01000000 0x01000000 2 2 $_TARGETNAME
4128 @end example
4129
4130 To configure one bank of 32 MBytes
4131 built from two sixteen bit (two byte) wide parts wired in parallel
4132 to create a thirty-two bit (four byte) bus with doubled throughput:
4133
4134 @example
4135 flash bank cfi 0x00000000 0x02000000 2 4 $_TARGETNAME
4136 @end example
4137
4138 @c "cfi part_id" disabled
4139 @end deffn
4140
4141 @subsection Internal Flash (Microcontrollers)
4142
4143 @deffn {Flash Driver} aduc702x
4144 The ADUC702x analog microcontrollers from Analog Devices
4145 include internal flash and use ARM7TDMI cores.
4146 The aduc702x flash driver works with models ADUC7019 through ADUC7028.
4147 The setup command only requires the @var{target} argument
4148 since all devices in this family have the same memory layout.
4149
4150 @example
4151 flash bank aduc702x 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
4152 @end example
4153 @end deffn
4154
4155 @deffn {Flash Driver} at91sam3
4156 @cindex at91sam3
4157 All members of the AT91SAM3 microcontroller family from
4158 Atmel include internal flash and use ARM's Cortex-M3 core. The driver
4159 currently (6/22/09) recognizes the AT91SAM3U[1/2/4][C/E] chips. Note
4160 that the driver was orginaly developed and tested using the
4161 AT91SAM3U4E, using a SAM3U-EK eval board. Support for other chips in
4162 the family was cribbed from the data sheet. @emph{Note to future
4163 readers/updaters: Please remove this worrysome comment after other
4164 chips are confirmed.}
4165
4166 The AT91SAM3U4[E/C] (256K) chips have two flash banks; most other chips
4167 have one flash bank. In all cases the flash banks are at
4168 the following fixed locations:
4169
4170 @example
4171 # Flash bank 0 - all chips
4172 flash bank at91sam3 0x00080000 0 1 1 $_TARGETNAME
4173 # Flash bank 1 - only 256K chips
4174 flash bank at91sam3 0x00100000 0 1 1 $_TARGETNAME
4175 @end example
4176
4177 Internally, the AT91SAM3 flash memory is organized as follows.
4178 Unlike the AT91SAM7 chips, these are not used as parameters
4179 to the @command{flash bank} command:
4180
4181 @itemize
4182 @item @emph{N-Banks:} 256K chips have 2 banks, others have 1 bank.
4183 @item @emph{Bank Size:} 128K/64K Per flash bank
4184 @item @emph{Sectors:} 16 or 8 per bank
4185 @item @emph{SectorSize:} 8K Per Sector
4186 @item @emph{PageSize:} 256 bytes per page. Note that OpenOCD operates on 'sector' sizes, not page sizes.
4187 @end itemize
4188
4189 The AT91SAM3 driver adds some additional commands:
4190
4191 @deffn Command {at91sam3 gpnvm}
4192 @deffnx Command {at91sam3 gpnvm clear} number
4193 @deffnx Command {at91sam3 gpnvm set} number
4194 @deffnx Command {at91sam3 gpnvm show} [@option{all}|number]
4195 With no parameters, @command{show} or @command{show all},
4196 shows the status of all GPNVM bits.
4197 With @command{show} @var{number}, displays that bit.
4198
4199 With @command{set} @var{number} or @command{clear} @var{number},
4200 modifies that GPNVM bit.
4201 @end deffn
4202
4203 @deffn Command {at91sam3 info}
4204 This command attempts to display information about the AT91SAM3
4205 chip. @emph{First} it read the @code{CHIPID_CIDR} [address 0x400e0740, see
4206 Section 28.2.1, page 505 of the AT91SAM3U 29/may/2009 datasheet,
4207 document id: doc6430A] and decodes the values. @emph{Second} it reads the
4208 various clock configuration registers and attempts to display how it
4209 believes the chip is configured. By default, the SLOWCLK is assumed to
4210 be 32768 Hz, see the command @command{at91sam3 slowclk}.
4211 @end deffn
4212
4213 @deffn Command {at91sam3 slowclk} [value]
4214 This command shows/sets the slow clock frequency used in the
4215 @command{at91sam3 info} command calculations above.
4216 @end deffn
4217 @end deffn
4218
4219 @deffn {Flash Driver} at91sam7
4220 All members of the AT91SAM7 microcontroller family from Atmel include
4221 internal flash and use ARM7TDMI cores. The driver automatically
4222 recognizes a number of these chips using the chip identification
4223 register, and autoconfigures itself.
4224
4225 @example
4226 flash bank at91sam7 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
4227 @end example
4228
4229 For chips which are not recognized by the controller driver, you must
4230 provide additional parameters in the following order:
4231
4232 @itemize
4233 @item @var{chip_model} ... label used with @command{flash info}
4234 @item @var{banks}
4235 @item @var{sectors_per_bank}
4236 @item @var{pages_per_sector}
4237 @item @var{pages_size}
4238 @item @var{num_nvm_bits}
4239 @item @var{freq_khz} ... required if an external clock is provided,
4240 optional (but recommended) when the oscillator frequency is known
4241 @end itemize
4242
4243 It is recommended that you provide zeroes for all of those values
4244 except the clock frequency, so that everything except that frequency
4245 will be autoconfigured.
4246 Knowing the frequency helps ensure correct timings for flash access.
4247
4248 The flash controller handles erases automatically on a page (128/256 byte)
4249 basis, so explicit erase commands are not necessary for flash programming.
4250 However, there is an ``EraseAll`` command that can erase an entire flash
4251 plane (of up to 256KB), and it will be used automatically when you issue
4252 @command{flash erase_sector} or @command{flash erase_address} commands.
4253
4254 @deffn Command {at91sam7 gpnvm} bitnum (@option{set}|@option{clear})
4255 Set or clear a ``General Purpose Non-Volatile Memory'' (GPNVM)
4256 bit for the processor. Each processor has a number of such bits,
4257 used for controlling features such as brownout detection (so they
4258 are not truly general purpose).
4259 @quotation Note
4260 This assumes that the first flash bank (number 0) is associated with
4261 the appropriate at91sam7 target.
4262 @end quotation
4263 @end deffn
4264 @end deffn
4265
4266 @deffn {Flash Driver} avr
4267 The AVR 8-bit microcontrollers from Atmel integrate flash memory.
4268 @emph{The current implementation is incomplete.}
4269 @comment - defines mass_erase ... pointless given flash_erase_address
4270 @end deffn
4271
4272 @deffn {Flash Driver} ecosflash
4273 @emph{No idea what this is...}
4274 The @var{ecosflash} driver defines one mandatory parameter,
4275 the name of a modules of target code which is downloaded
4276 and executed.
4277 @end deffn
4278
4279 @deffn {Flash Driver} lpc2000
4280 Most members of the LPC1700 and LPC2000 microcontroller families from NXP
4281 include internal flash and use Cortex-M3 (LPC1700) or ARM7TDMI (LPC2000) cores.
4282
4283 @quotation Note
4284 There are LPC2000 devices which are not supported by the @var{lpc2000}
4285 driver:
4286 The LPC2888 is supported by the @var{lpc288x} driver.
4287 The LPC29xx family is supported by the @var{lpc2900} driver.
4288 @end quotation
4289
4290 The @var{lpc2000} driver defines two mandatory and one optional parameters,
4291 which must appear in the following order:
4292
4293 @itemize
4294 @item @var{variant} ... required, may be
4295 @option{lpc2000_v1} (older LPC21xx and LPC22xx)
4296 @option{lpc2000_v2} (LPC213x, LPC214x, LPC210[123], LPC23xx and LPC24xx)
4297 or @option{lpc1700} (LPC175x and LPC176x)
4298 @item @var{clock_kHz} ... the frequency, in kiloHertz,
4299 at which the core is running
4300 @item @option{calc_checksum} ... optional (but you probably want to provide this!),
4301 telling the driver to calculate a valid checksum for the exception vector table.
4302 @quotation Note
4303 If you don't provide @option{calc_checksum} when you're writing the vector
4304 table, the boot ROM will almost certainly ignore your flash image.
4305 However, if you do provide it,
4306 with most tool chains @command{verify_image} will fail.
4307 @end quotation
4308 @end itemize
4309
4310 LPC flashes don't require the chip and bus width to be specified.
4311
4312 @example
4313 flash bank lpc2000 0x0 0x7d000 0 0 $_TARGETNAME \
4314 lpc2000_v2 14765 calc_checksum
4315 @end example
4316
4317 @deffn {Command} {lpc2000 part_id} bank
4318 Displays the four byte part identifier associated with
4319 the specified flash @var{bank}.
4320 @end deffn
4321 @end deffn
4322
4323 @deffn {Flash Driver} lpc288x
4324 The LPC2888 microcontroller from NXP needs slightly different flash
4325 support from its lpc2000 siblings.
4326 The @var{lpc288x} driver defines one mandatory parameter,
4327 the programming clock rate in Hz.
4328 LPC flashes don't require the chip and bus width to be specified.
4329
4330 @example
4331 flash bank lpc288x 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME 12000000
4332 @end example
4333 @end deffn
4334
4335 @deffn {Flash Driver} lpc2900
4336 This driver supports the LPC29xx ARM968E based microcontroller family
4337 from NXP.
4338
4339 The predefined parameters @var{base}, @var{size}, @var{chip_width} and
4340 @var{bus_width} of the @code{flash bank} command are ignored. Flash size and
4341 sector layout are auto-configured by the driver.
4342 The driver has one additional mandatory parameter: The CPU clock rate
4343 (in kHz) at the time the flash operations will take place. Most of the time this
4344 will not be the crystal frequency, but a higher PLL frequency. The
4345 @code{reset-init} event handler in the board script is usually the place where
4346 you start the PLL.
4347
4348 The driver rejects flashless devices (currently the LPC2930).
4349
4350 The EEPROM in LPC2900 devices is not mapped directly into the address space.
4351 It must be handled much more like NAND flash memory, and will therefore be
4352 handled by a separate @code{lpc2900_eeprom} driver (not yet available).
4353
4354 Sector protection in terms of the LPC2900 is handled transparently. Every time a
4355 sector needs to be erased or programmed, it is automatically unprotected.
4356 What is shown as protection status in the @code{flash info} command, is
4357 actually the LPC2900 @emph{sector security}. This is a mechanism to prevent a
4358 sector from ever being erased or programmed again. As this is an irreversible
4359 mechanism, it is handled by a special command (@code{lpc2900 secure_sector}),
4360 and not by the standard @code{flash protect} command.
4361
4362 Example for a 125 MHz clock frequency:
4363 @example
4364 flash bank lpc2900 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME 125000
4365 @end example
4366
4367 Some @code{lpc2900}-specific commands are defined. In the following command list,
4368 the @var{bank} parameter is the bank number as obtained by the
4369 @code{flash banks} command.
4370
4371 @deffn Command {lpc2900 signature} bank
4372 Calculates a 128-bit hash value, the @emph{signature}, from the whole flash
4373 content. This is a hardware feature of the flash block, hence the calculation is
4374 very fast. You may use this to verify the content of a programmed device against
4375 a known signature.
4376 Example:
4377 @example
4378 lpc2900 signature 0
4379 signature: 0x5f40cdc8:0xc64e592e:0x10490f89:0x32a0f317
4380 @end example
4381 @end deffn
4382
4383 @deffn Command {lpc2900 read_custom} bank filename
4384 Reads the 912 bytes of customer information from the flash index sector, and
4385 saves it to a file in binary format.
4386 Example:
4387 @example
4388 lpc2900 read_custom 0 /path_to/customer_info.bin
4389 @end example
4390 @end deffn
4391
4392 The index sector of the flash is a @emph{write-only} sector. It cannot be
4393 erased! In order to guard against unintentional write access, all following
4394 commands need to be preceeded by a successful call to the @code{password}
4395 command:
4396
4397 @deffn Command {lpc2900 password} bank password
4398 You need to use this command right before each of the following commands:
4399 @code{lpc2900 write_custom}, @code{lpc2900 secure_sector},
4400 @code{lpc2900 secure_jtag}.
4401
4402 The password string is fixed to "I_know_what_I_am_doing".
4403 Example:
4404 @example
4405 lpc2900 password 0 I_know_what_I_am_doing
4406 Potentially dangerous operation allowed in next command!
4407 @end example
4408 @end deffn
4409
4410 @deffn Command {lpc2900 write_custom} bank filename type
4411 Writes the content of the file into the customer info space of the flash index
4412 sector. The filetype can be specified with the @var{type} field. Possible values
4413 for @var{type} are: @var{bin} (binary), @var{ihex} (Intel hex format),
4414 @var{elf} (ELF binary) or @var{s19} (Motorola S-records). The file must
4415 contain a single section, and the contained data length must be exactly
4416 912 bytes.
4417 @quotation Attention
4418 This cannot be reverted! Be careful!
4419 @end quotation
4420 Example:
4421 @example
4422 lpc2900 write_custom 0 /path_to/customer_info.bin bin
4423 @end example
4424 @end deffn
4425
4426 @deffn Command {lpc2900 secure_sector} bank first last
4427 Secures the sector range from @var{first} to @var{last} (including) against
4428 further program and erase operations. The sector security will be effective
4429 after the next power cycle.
4430 @quotation Attention
4431 This cannot be reverted! Be careful!
4432 @end quotation
4433 Secured sectors appear as @emph{protected} in the @code{flash info} command.
4434 Example:
4435 @example
4436 lpc2900 secure_sector 0 1 1
4437 flash info 0
4438 #0 : lpc2900 at 0x20000000, size 0x000c0000, (...)
4439 # 0: 0x00000000 (0x2000 8kB) not protected
4440 # 1: 0x00002000 (0x2000 8kB) protected
4441 # 2: 0x00004000 (0x2000 8kB) not protected
4442 @end example
4443 @end deffn
4444
4445 @deffn Command {lpc2900 secure_jtag} bank
4446 Irreversibly disable the JTAG port. The new JTAG security setting will be
4447 effective after the next power cycle.
4448 @quotation Attention
4449 This cannot be reverted! Be careful!
4450 @end quotation
4451 Examples:
4452 @example
4453 lpc2900 secure_jtag 0
4454 @end example
4455 @end deffn
4456 @end deffn
4457
4458 @deffn {Flash Driver} ocl
4459 @emph{No idea what this is, other than using some arm7/arm9 core.}
4460
4461 @example
4462 flash bank ocl 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
4463 @end example
4464 @end deffn
4465
4466 @deffn {Flash Driver} pic32mx
4467 The PIC32MX microcontrollers are based on the MIPS 4K cores,
4468 and integrate flash memory.
4469 @emph{The current implementation is incomplete.}
4470
4471 @example
4472 flash bank pix32mx 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
4473 @end example
4474
4475 @comment numerous *disabled* commands are defined:
4476 @comment - chip_erase ... pointless given flash_erase_address
4477 @comment - lock, unlock ... pointless given protect on/off (yes?)
4478 @comment - pgm_word ... shouldn't bank be deduced from address??
4479 Some pic32mx-specific commands are defined:
4480 @deffn Command {pic32mx pgm_word} address value bank
4481 Programs the specified 32-bit @var{value} at the given @var{address}
4482 in the specified chip @var{bank}.
4483 @end deffn
4484 @end deffn
4485
4486 @deffn {Flash Driver} stellaris
4487 All members of the Stellaris LM3Sxxx microcontroller family from
4488 Texas Instruments
4489 include internal flash and use ARM Cortex M3 cores.
4490 The driver automatically recognizes a number of these chips using
4491 the chip identification register, and autoconfigures itself.
4492 @footnote{Currently there is a @command{stellaris mass_erase} command.
4493 That seems pointless since the same effect can be had using the
4494 standard @command{flash erase_address} command.}
4495
4496 @example
4497 flash bank stellaris 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
4498 @end example
4499 @end deffn
4500
4501 @deffn Command {stellaris recover bank_id}
4502 Performs the @emph{Recovering a "Locked" Device} procedure to
4503 restore the flash specified by @var{bank_id} and its associated
4504 nonvolatile registers to their factory default values (erased).
4505 This is the only way to remove flash protection or re-enable
4506 debugging if that capability has been disabled.
4507
4508 Note that the final "power cycle the chip" step in this procedure
4509 must be performed by hand, since OpenOCD can't do it.
4510 @quotation Warning
4511 if more than one Stellaris chip is connected, the procedure is
4512 applied to all of them.
4513 @end quotation
4514 @end deffn
4515
4516 @deffn {Flash Driver} stm32x
4517 All members of the STM32 microcontroller family from ST Microelectronics
4518 include internal flash and use ARM Cortex M3 cores.
4519 The driver automatically recognizes a number of these chips using
4520 the chip identification register, and autoconfigures itself.
4521
4522 @example
4523 flash bank stm32x 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
4524 @end example
4525
4526 Some stm32x-specific commands
4527 @footnote{Currently there is a @command{stm32x mass_erase} command.
4528 That seems pointless since the same effect can be had using the
4529 standard @command{flash erase_address} command.}
4530 are defined:
4531
4532 @deffn Command {stm32x lock} num
4533 Locks the entire stm32 device.
4534 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4535 @end deffn
4536
4537 @deffn Command {stm32x unlock} num
4538 Unlocks the entire stm32 device.
4539 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4540 @end deffn
4541
4542 @deffn Command {stm32x options_read} num
4543 Read and display the stm32 option bytes written by
4544 the @command{stm32x options_write} command.
4545 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4546 @end deffn
4547
4548 @deffn Command {stm32x options_write} num (@option{SWWDG}|@option{HWWDG}) (@option{RSTSTNDBY}|@option{NORSTSTNDBY}) (@option{RSTSTOP}|@option{NORSTSTOP})
4549 Writes the stm32 option byte with the specified values.
4550 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4551 @end deffn
4552 @end deffn
4553
4554 @deffn {Flash Driver} str7x
4555 All members of the STR7 microcontroller family from ST Microelectronics
4556 include internal flash and use ARM7TDMI cores.
4557 The @var{str7x} driver defines one mandatory parameter, @var{variant},
4558 which is either @code{STR71x}, @code{STR73x} or @code{STR75x}.
4559
4560 @example
4561 flash bank str7x 0x40000000 0x00040000 0 0 $_TARGETNAME STR71x
4562 @end example
4563
4564 @deffn Command {str7x disable_jtag} bank
4565 Activate the Debug/Readout protection mechanism
4566 for the specified flash bank.
4567 @end deffn
4568 @end deffn
4569
4570 @deffn {Flash Driver} str9x
4571 Most members of the STR9 microcontroller family from ST Microelectronics
4572 include internal flash and use ARM966E cores.
4573 The str9 needs the flash controller to be configured using
4574 the @command{str9x flash_config} command prior to Flash programming.
4575
4576 @example
4577 flash bank str9x 0x40000000 0x00040000 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
4578 str9x flash_config 0 4 2 0 0x80000
4579 @end example
4580
4581 @deffn Command {str9x flash_config} num bbsr nbbsr bbadr nbbadr
4582 Configures the str9 flash controller.
4583 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4584
4585 @itemize @bullet
4586 @item @var{bbsr} - Boot Bank Size register
4587 @item @var{nbbsr} - Non Boot Bank Size register
4588 @item @var{bbadr} - Boot Bank Start Address register
4589 @item @var{nbbadr} - Boot Bank Start Address register
4590 @end itemize
4591 @end deffn
4592
4593 @end deffn
4594
4595 @deffn {Flash Driver} tms470
4596 Most members of the TMS470 microcontroller family from Texas Instruments
4597 include internal flash and use ARM7TDMI cores.
4598 This driver doesn't require the chip and bus width to be specified.
4599
4600 Some tms470-specific commands are defined:
4601
4602 @deffn Command {tms470 flash_keyset} key0 key1 key2 key3
4603 Saves programming keys in a register, to enable flash erase and write commands.
4604 @end deffn
4605
4606 @deffn Command {tms470 osc_mhz} clock_mhz
4607 Reports the clock speed, which is used to calculate timings.
4608 @end deffn
4609
4610 @deffn Command {tms470 plldis} (0|1)
4611 Disables (@var{1}) or enables (@var{0}) use of the PLL to speed up
4612 the flash clock.
4613 @end deffn
4614 @end deffn
4615
4616 @subsection str9xpec driver
4617 @cindex str9xpec
4618
4619 Here is some background info to help
4620 you better understand how this driver works. OpenOCD has two flash drivers for
4621 the str9:
4622 @enumerate
4623 @item
4624 Standard driver @option{str9x} programmed via the str9 core. Normally used for
4625 flash programming as it is faster than the @option{str9xpec} driver.
4626 @item
4627 Direct programming @option{str9xpec} using the flash controller. This is an
4628 ISC compilant (IEEE 1532) tap connected in series with the str9 core. The str9
4629 core does not need to be running to program using this flash driver. Typical use
4630 for this driver is locking/unlocking the target and programming the option bytes.
4631 @end enumerate
4632
4633 Before we run any commands using the @option{str9xpec} driver we must first disable
4634 the str9 core. This example assumes the @option{str9xpec} driver has been
4635 configured for flash bank 0.
4636 @example
4637 # assert srst, we do not want core running
4638 # while accessing str9xpec flash driver
4639 jtag_reset 0 1
4640 # turn off target polling
4641 poll off
4642 # disable str9 core
4643 str9xpec enable_turbo 0
4644 # read option bytes
4645 str9xpec options_read 0
4646 # re-enable str9 core
4647 str9xpec disable_turbo 0
4648 poll on
4649 reset halt
4650 @end example
4651 The above example will read the str9 option bytes.
4652 When performing a unlock remember that you will not be able to halt the str9 - it
4653 has been locked. Halting the core is not required for the @option{str9xpec} driver
4654 as mentioned above, just issue the commands above manually or from a telnet prompt.
4655
4656 @deffn {Flash Driver} str9xpec
4657 Only use this driver for locking/unlocking the device or configuring the option bytes.
4658 Use the standard str9 driver for programming.
4659 Before using the flash commands the turbo mode must be enabled using the
4660 @command{str9xpec enable_turbo} command.
4661
4662 Several str9xpec-specific commands are defined:
4663
4664 @deffn Command {str9xpec disable_turbo} num
4665 Restore the str9 into JTAG chain.
4666 @end deffn
4667
4668 @deffn Command {str9xpec enable_turbo} num
4669 Enable turbo mode, will simply remove the str9 from the chain and talk
4670 directly to the embedded flash controller.
4671 @end deffn
4672
4673 @deffn Command {str9xpec lock} num
4674 Lock str9 device. The str9 will only respond to an unlock command that will
4675 erase the device.
4676 @end deffn
4677
4678 @deffn Command {str9xpec part_id} num
4679 Prints the part identifier for bank @var{num}.
4680 @end deffn
4681
4682 @deffn Command {str9xpec options_cmap} num (@option{bank0}|@option{bank1})
4683 Configure str9 boot bank.
4684 @end deffn
4685
4686 @deffn Command {str9xpec options_lvdsel} num (@option{vdd}|@option{vdd_vddq})
4687 Configure str9 lvd source.
4688 @end deffn
4689
4690 @deffn Command {str9xpec options_lvdthd} num (@option{2.4v}|@option{2.7v})
4691 Configure str9 lvd threshold.
4692 @end deffn
4693
4694 @deffn Command {str9xpec options_lvdwarn} bank (@option{vdd}|@option{vdd_vddq})
4695 Configure str9 lvd reset warning source.
4696 @end deffn
4697
4698 @deffn Command {str9xpec options_read} num
4699 Read str9 option bytes.
4700 @end deffn
4701
4702 @deffn Command {str9xpec options_write} num
4703 Write str9 option bytes.
4704 @end deffn
4705
4706 @deffn Command {str9xpec unlock} num
4707 unlock str9 device.
4708 @end deffn
4709
4710 @end deffn
4711
4712
4713 @section mFlash
4714
4715 @subsection mFlash Configuration
4716 @cindex mFlash Configuration
4717
4718 @deffn {Config Command} {mflash bank} soc base RST_pin target
4719 Configures a mflash for @var{soc} host bank at
4720 address @var{base}.
4721 The pin number format depends on the host GPIO naming convention.
4722 Currently, the mflash driver supports s3c2440 and pxa270.
4723
4724 Example for s3c2440 mflash where @var{RST pin} is GPIO B1:
4725
4726 @example
4727 mflash bank s3c2440 0x10000000 1b 0
4728 @end example
4729
4730 Example for pxa270 mflash where @var{RST pin} is GPIO 43:
4731
4732 @example
4733 mflash bank pxa270 0x08000000 43 0
4734 @end example
4735 @end deffn
4736
4737 @subsection mFlash commands
4738 @cindex mFlash commands
4739
4740 @deffn Command {mflash config pll} frequency
4741 Configure mflash PLL.
4742 The @var{frequency} is the mflash input frequency, in Hz.
4743 Issuing this command will erase mflash's whole internal nand and write new pll.
4744 After this command, mflash needs power-on-reset for normal operation.
4745 If pll was newly configured, storage and boot(optional) info also need to be update.
4746 @end deffn
4747
4748 @deffn Command {mflash config boot}
4749 Configure bootable option.
4750 If bootable option is set, mflash offer the first 8 sectors
4751 (4kB) for boot.
4752 @end deffn
4753
4754 @deffn Command {mflash config storage}
4755 Configure storage information.
4756 For the normal storage operation, this information must be
4757 written.
4758 @end deffn
4759
4760 @deffn Command {mflash dump} num filename offset size
4761 Dump @var{size} bytes, starting at @var{offset} bytes from the
4762 beginning of the bank @var{num}, to the file named @var{filename}.
4763 @end deffn
4764
4765 @deffn Command {mflash probe}
4766 Probe mflash.
4767 @end deffn
4768
4769 @deffn Command {mflash write} num filename offset
4770 Write the binary file @var{filename} to mflash bank @var{num}, starting at
4771 @var{offset} bytes from the beginning of the bank.
4772 @end deffn
4773
4774 @node NAND Flash Commands
4775 @chapter NAND Flash Commands
4776 @cindex NAND
4777
4778 Compared to NOR or SPI flash, NAND devices are inexpensive
4779 and high density. Today's NAND chips, and multi-chip modules,
4780 commonly hold multiple GigaBytes of data.
4781
4782 NAND chips consist of a number of ``erase blocks'' of a given
4783 size (such as 128 KBytes), each of which is divided into a
4784 number of pages (of perhaps 512 or 2048 bytes each). Each
4785 page of a NAND flash has an ``out of band'' (OOB) area to hold
4786 Error Correcting Code (ECC) and other metadata, usually 16 bytes
4787 of OOB for every 512 bytes of page data.
4788
4789 One key characteristic of NAND flash is that its error rate
4790 is higher than that of NOR flash. In normal operation, that
4791 ECC is used to correct and detect errors. However, NAND
4792 blocks can also wear out and become unusable; those blocks
4793 are then marked "bad". NAND chips are even shipped from the
4794 manufacturer with a few bad blocks. The highest density chips
4795 use a technology (MLC) that wears out more quickly, so ECC
4796 support is increasingly important as a way to detect blocks
4797 that have begun to fail, and help to preserve data integrity
4798 with techniques such as wear leveling.
4799
4800 Software is used to manage the ECC. Some controllers don't
4801 support ECC directly; in those cases, software ECC is used.
4802 Other controllers speed up the ECC calculations with hardware.
4803 Single-bit error correction hardware is routine. Controllers
4804 geared for newer MLC chips may correct 4 or more errors for
4805 every 512 bytes of data.
4806
4807 You will need to make sure that any data you write using
4808 OpenOCD includes the apppropriate kind of ECC. For example,
4809 that may mean passing the @code{oob_softecc} flag when
4810 writing NAND data, or ensuring that the correct hardware
4811 ECC mode is used.
4812
4813 The basic steps for using NAND devices include:
4814 @enumerate
4815 @item Declare via the command @command{nand device}
4816 @* Do this in a board-specific configuration file,
4817 passing parameters as needed by the controller.
4818 @item Configure each device using @command{nand probe}.
4819 @* Do this only after the associated target is set up,
4820 such as in its reset-init script or in procures defined
4821 to access that device.
4822 @item Operate on the flash via @command{nand subcommand}
4823 @* Often commands to manipulate the flash are typed by a human, or run
4824 via a script in some automated way. Common task include writing a
4825 boot loader, operating system, or other data needed to initialize or
4826 de-brick a board.
4827 @end enumerate
4828
4829 @b{NOTE:} At the time this text was written, the largest NAND
4830 flash fully supported by OpenOCD is 2 GiBytes (16 GiBits).
4831 This is because the variables used to hold offsets and lengths
4832 are only 32 bits wide.
4833 (Larger chips may work in some cases, unless an offset or length
4834 is larger than 0xffffffff, the largest 32-bit unsigned integer.)
4835 Some larger devices will work, since they are actually multi-chip
4836 modules with two smaller chips and individual chipselect lines.
4837
4838 @anchor{NAND Configuration}
4839 @section NAND Configuration Commands
4840 @cindex NAND configuration
4841
4842 NAND chips must be declared in configuration scripts,
4843 plus some additional configuration that's done after
4844 OpenOCD has initialized.
4845
4846 @deffn {Config Command} {nand device} name driver target [configparams...]
4847 Declares a NAND device, which can be read and written to
4848 after it has been configured through @command{nand probe}.
4849 In OpenOCD, devices are single chips; this is unlike some
4850 operating systems, which may manage multiple chips as if
4851 they were a single (larger) device.
4852 In some cases, configuring a device will activate extra
4853 commands; see the controller-specific documentation.
4854
4855 @b{NOTE:} This command is not available after OpenOCD
4856 initialization has completed. Use it in board specific
4857 configuration files, not interactively.
4858
4859 @itemize @bullet
4860 @item @var{name} ... may be used to reference the NAND bank
4861 in most other NAND commands. A number is also available.
4862 @item @var{driver} ... identifies the NAND controller driver
4863 associated with the NAND device being declared.
4864 @xref{NAND Driver List}.
4865 @item @var{target} ... names the target used when issuing
4866 commands to the NAND controller.
4867 @comment Actually, it's currently a controller-specific parameter...
4868 @item @var{configparams} ... controllers may support, or require,
4869 additional parameters. See the controller-specific documentation
4870 for more information.
4871 @end itemize
4872 @end deffn
4873
4874 @deffn Command {nand list}
4875 Prints a summary of each device declared
4876 using @command{nand device}, numbered from zero.
4877 Note that un-probed devices show no details.
4878 @example
4879 > nand list
4880 #0: NAND 1GiB 3,3V 8-bit (Micron) pagesize: 2048, buswidth: 8,
4881 blocksize: 131072, blocks: 8192
4882 #1: NAND 1GiB 3,3V 8-bit (Micron) pagesize: 2048, buswidth: 8,
4883 blocksize: 131072, blocks: 8192
4884 >
4885 @end example
4886 @end deffn
4887
4888 @deffn Command {nand probe} num
4889 Probes the specified device to determine key characteristics
4890 like its page and block sizes, and how many blocks it has.
4891 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
4892 You must (successfully) probe a device before you can use
4893 it with most other NAND commands.
4894 @end deffn
4895
4896 @section Erasing, Reading, Writing to NAND Flash
4897
4898 @deffn Command {nand dump} num filename offset length [oob_option]
4899 @cindex NAND reading
4900 Reads binary data from the NAND device and writes it to the file,
4901 starting at the specified offset.
4902 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
4903
4904 Use a complete path name for @var{filename}, so you don't depend
4905 on the directory used to start the OpenOCD server.
4906
4907 The @var{offset} and @var{length} must be exact multiples of the
4908 device's page size. They describe a data region; the OOB data
4909 associated with each such page may also be accessed.
4910
4911 @b{NOTE:} At the time this text was written, no error correction
4912 was done on the data that's read, unless raw access was disabled
4913 and the underlying NAND controller driver had a @code{read_page}
4914 method which handled that error correction.
4915
4916 By default, only page data is saved to the specified file.
4917 Use an @var{oob_option} parameter to save OOB data:
4918 @itemize @bullet
4919 @item no oob_* parameter
4920 @*Output file holds only page data; OOB is discarded.
4921 @item @code{oob_raw}
4922 @*Output file interleaves page data and OOB data;
4923 the file will be longer than "length" by the size of the
4924 spare areas associated with each data page.
4925 Note that this kind of "raw" access is different from
4926 what's implied by @command{nand raw_access}, which just
4927 controls whether a hardware-aware access method is used.
4928 @item @code{oob_only}
4929 @*Output file has only raw OOB data, and will
4930 be smaller than "length" since it will contain only the
4931 spare areas associated with each data page.
4932 @end itemize
4933 @end deffn
4934
4935 @deffn Command {nand erase} num [offset length]
4936 @cindex NAND erasing
4937 @cindex NAND programming
4938 Erases blocks on the specified NAND device, starting at the
4939 specified @var{offset} and continuing for @var{length} bytes.
4940 Both of those values must be exact multiples of the device's
4941 block size, and the region they specify must fit entirely in the chip.
4942 If those parameters are not specified,
4943 the whole NAND chip will be erased.
4944 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
4945
4946 @b{NOTE:} This command will try to erase bad blocks, when told
4947 to do so, which will probably invalidate the manufacturer's bad
4948 block marker.
4949 For the remainder of the current server session, @command{nand info}
4950 will still report that the block ``is'' bad.
4951 @end deffn
4952
4953 @deffn Command {nand write} num filename offset [option...]
4954 @cindex NAND writing
4955 @cindex NAND programming
4956 Writes binary data from the file into the specified NAND device,
4957 starting at the specified offset. Those pages should already
4958 have been erased; you can't change zero bits to one bits.
4959 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
4960
4961 Use a complete path name for @var{filename}, so you don't depend
4962 on the directory used to start the OpenOCD server.
4963
4964 The @var{offset} must be an exact multiple of the device's page size.
4965 All data in the file will be written, assuming it doesn't run
4966 past the end of the device.
4967 Only full pages are written, and any extra space in the last
4968 page will be filled with 0xff bytes. (That includes OOB data,
4969 if that's being written.)
4970
4971 @b{NOTE:} At the time this text was written, bad blocks are
4972 ignored. That is, this routine will not skip bad blocks,
4973 but will instead try to write them. This can cause problems.
4974
4975 Provide at most one @var{option} parameter. With some
4976 NAND drivers, the meanings of these parameters may change
4977 if @command{nand raw_access} was used to disable hardware ECC.
4978 @itemize @bullet
4979 @item no oob_* parameter
4980 @*File has only page data, which is written.
4981 If raw acccess is in use, the OOB area will not be written.
4982 Otherwise, if the underlying NAND controller driver has
4983 a @code{write_page} routine, that routine may write the OOB
4984 with hardware-computed ECC data.
4985 @item @code{oob_only}
4986 @*File has only raw OOB data, which is written to the OOB area.
4987 Each page's data area stays untouched. @i{This can be a dangerous
4988 option}, since it can invalidate the ECC data.
4989 You may need to force raw access to use this mode.
4990 @item @code{oob_raw}
4991 @*File interleaves data and OOB data, both of which are written
4992 If raw access is enabled, the data is written first, then the
4993 un-altered OOB.
4994 Otherwise, if the underlying NAND controller driver has
4995 a @code{write_page} routine, that routine may modify the OOB
4996 before it's written, to include hardware-computed ECC data.
4997 @item @code{oob_softecc}
4998 @*File has only page data, which is written.
4999 The OOB area is filled with 0xff, except for a standard 1-bit
5000 software ECC code stored in conventional locations.
5001 You might need to force raw access to use this mode, to prevent
5002 the underlying driver from applying hardware ECC.
5003 @item @code{oob_softecc_kw}
5004 @*File has only page data, which is written.
5005 The OOB area is filled with 0xff, except for a 4-bit software ECC
5006 specific to the boot ROM in Marvell Kirkwood SoCs.
5007 You might need to force raw access to use this mode, to prevent
5008 the underlying driver from applying hardware ECC.
5009 @end itemize
5010 @end deffn
5011
5012 @deffn Command {nand verify} num filename offset [option...]
5013 @cindex NAND verification
5014 @cindex NAND programming
5015 Verify the binary data in the file has been programmed to the
5016 specified NAND device, starting at the specified offset.
5017 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
5018
5019 Use a complete path name for @var{filename}, so you don't depend
5020 on the directory used to start the OpenOCD server.
5021
5022 The @var{offset} must be an exact multiple of the device's page size.
5023 All data in the file will be read and compared to the contents of the
5024 flash, assuming it doesn't run past the end of the device.
5025 As with @command{nand write}, only full pages are verified, so any extra
5026 space in the last page will be filled with 0xff bytes.
5027
5028 The same @var{options} accepted by @command{nand write},
5029 and the file will be processed similarly to produce the buffers that
5030 can be compared against the contents produced from @command{nand dump}.
5031
5032 @b{NOTE:} This will not work when the underlying NAND controller
5033 driver's @code{write_page} routine must update the OOB with a
5034 hardward-computed ECC before the data is written. This limitation may
5035 be removed in a future release.
5036 @end deffn
5037
5038 @section Other NAND commands
5039 @cindex NAND other commands
5040
5041 @deffn Command {nand check_bad_blocks} [offset length]
5042 Checks for manufacturer bad block markers on the specified NAND
5043 device. If no parameters are provided, checks the whole
5044 device; otherwise, starts at the specified @var{offset} and
5045 continues for @var{length} bytes.
5046 Both of those values must be exact multiples of the device's
5047 block size, and the region they specify must fit entirely in the chip.
5048 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
5049
5050 @b{NOTE:} Before using this command you should force raw access
5051 with @command{nand raw_access enable} to ensure that the underlying
5052 driver will not try to apply hardware ECC.
5053 @end deffn
5054
5055 @deffn Command {nand info} num
5056 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
5057 This prints the one-line summary from "nand list", plus for
5058 devices which have been probed this also prints any known
5059 status for each block.
5060 @end deffn
5061
5062 @deffn Command {nand raw_access} num (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
5063 Sets or clears an flag affecting how page I/O is done.
5064 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
5065
5066 This flag is cleared (disabled) by default, but changing that
5067 value won't affect all NAND devices. The key factor is whether
5068 the underlying driver provides @code{read_page} or @code{write_page}
5069 methods. If it doesn't provide those methods, the setting of
5070 this flag is irrelevant; all access is effectively ``raw''.
5071
5072 When those methods exist, they are normally used when reading
5073 data (@command{nand dump} or reading bad block markers) or
5074 writing it (@command{nand write}). However, enabling
5075 raw access (setting the flag) prevents use of those methods,
5076 bypassing hardware ECC logic.
5077 @i{This can be a dangerous option}, since writing blocks
5078 with the wrong ECC data can cause them to be marked as bad.
5079 @end deffn
5080
5081 @anchor{NAND Driver List}
5082 @section NAND Driver List
5083 As noted above, the @command{nand device} command allows
5084 driver-specific options and behaviors.
5085 Some controllers also activate controller-specific commands.
5086
5087 @deffn {NAND Driver} at91sam9
5088 This driver handles the NAND controllers found on AT91SAM9 family chips from
5089 Atmel. It takes two extra parameters: address of the NAND chip;
5090 address of the ECC controller.
5091 @example
5092 nand device $NANDFLASH at91sam9 $CHIPNAME 0x40000000 0xfffffe800
5093 @end example
5094 AT91SAM9 chips support single-bit ECC hardware. The @code{write_page} and
5095 @code{read_page} methods are used to utilize the ECC hardware unless they are
5096 disabled by using the @command{nand raw_access} command. There are four
5097 additional commands that are needed to fully configure the AT91SAM9 NAND
5098 controller. Two are optional; most boards use the same wiring for ALE/CLE:
5099 @deffn Command {at91sam9 cle} num addr_line
5100 Configure the address line used for latching commands. The @var{num}
5101 parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
5102 @end deffn
5103 @deffn Command {at91sam9 ale} num addr_line
5104 Configure the address line used for latching addresses. The @var{num}
5105 parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
5106 @end deffn
5107
5108 For the next two commands, it is assumed that the pins have already been
5109 properly configured for input or output.
5110 @deffn Command {at91sam9 rdy_busy} num pio_base_addr pin
5111 Configure the RDY/nBUSY input from the NAND device. The @var{num}
5112 parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}. @var{pio_base_addr}
5113 is the base address of the PIO controller and @var{pin} is the pin number.
5114 @end deffn
5115 @deffn Command {at91sam9 ce} num pio_base_addr pin
5116 Configure the chip enable input to the NAND device. The @var{num}
5117 parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}. @var{pio_base_addr}
5118 is the base address of the PIO controller and @var{pin} is the pin number.
5119 @end deffn
5120 @end deffn
5121
5122 @deffn {NAND Driver} davinci
5123 This driver handles the NAND controllers found on DaVinci family
5124 chips from Texas Instruments.
5125 It takes three extra parameters:
5126 address of the NAND chip;
5127 hardware ECC mode to use (@option{hwecc1},
5128 @option{hwecc4}, @option{hwecc4_infix});
5129 address of the AEMIF controller on this processor.
5130 @example
5131 nand device davinci dm355.arm 0x02000000 hwecc4 0x01e10000
5132 @end example
5133 All DaVinci processors support the single-bit ECC hardware,
5134 and newer ones also support the four-bit ECC hardware.
5135 The @code{write_page} and @code{read_page} methods are used
5136 to implement those ECC modes, unless they are disabled using
5137 the @command{nand raw_access} command.
5138 @end deffn
5139
5140 @deffn {NAND Driver} lpc3180
5141 These controllers require an extra @command{nand device}
5142 parameter: the clock rate used by the controller.
5143 @deffn Command {lpc3180 select} num [mlc|slc]
5144 Configures use of the MLC or SLC controller mode.
5145 MLC implies use of hardware ECC.
5146 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
5147 @end deffn
5148
5149 At this writing, this driver includes @code{write_page}
5150 and @code{read_page} methods. Using @command{nand raw_access}
5151 to disable those methods will prevent use of hardware ECC
5152 in the MLC controller mode, but won't change SLC behavior.
5153 @end deffn
5154 @comment current lpc3180 code won't issue 5-byte address cycles
5155
5156 @deffn {NAND Driver} orion
5157 These controllers require an extra @command{nand device}
5158 parameter: the address of the controller.
5159 @example
5160 nand device orion 0xd8000000
5161 @end example
5162 These controllers don't define any specialized commands.
5163 At this writing, their drivers don't include @code{write_page}
5164 or @code{read_page} methods, so @command{nand raw_access} won't
5165 change any behavior.
5166 @end deffn
5167
5168 @deffn {NAND Driver} s3c2410
5169 @deffnx {NAND Driver} s3c2412
5170 @deffnx {NAND Driver} s3c2440
5171 @deffnx {NAND Driver} s3c2443
5172 @deffnx {NAND Driver} s3c6400
5173 These S3C family controllers don't have any special
5174 @command{nand device} options, and don't define any
5175 specialized commands.
5176 At this writing, their drivers don't include @code{write_page}
5177 or @code{read_page} methods, so @command{nand raw_access} won't
5178 change any behavior.
5179 @end deffn
5180
5181 @node PLD/FPGA Commands
5182 @chapter PLD/FPGA Commands
5183 @cindex PLD
5184 @cindex FPGA
5185
5186 Programmable Logic Devices (PLDs) and the more flexible
5187 Field Programmable Gate Arrays (FPGAs) are both types of programmable hardware.
5188 OpenOCD can support programming them.
5189 Although PLDs are generally restrictive (cells are less functional, and
5190 there are no special purpose cells for memory or computational tasks),
5191 they share the same OpenOCD infrastructure.
5192 Accordingly, both are called PLDs here.
5193
5194 @section PLD/FPGA Configuration and Commands
5195
5196 As it does for JTAG TAPs, debug targets, and flash chips (both NOR and NAND),
5197 OpenOCD maintains a list of PLDs available for use in various commands.
5198 Also, each such PLD requires a driver.
5199
5200 They are referenced by the number shown by the @command{pld devices} command,
5201 and new PLDs are defined by @command{pld device driver_name}.
5202
5203 @deffn {Config Command} {pld device} driver_name tap_name [driver_options]
5204 Defines a new PLD device, supported by driver @var{driver_name},
5205 using the TAP named @var{tap_name}.
5206 The driver may make use of any @var{driver_options} to configure its
5207 behavior.
5208 @end deffn
5209
5210 @deffn {Command} {pld devices}
5211 Lists the PLDs and their numbers.
5212 @end deffn
5213
5214 @deffn {Command} {pld load} num filename
5215 Loads the file @file{filename} into the PLD identified by @var{num}.
5216 The file format must be inferred by the driver.
5217 @end deffn
5218
5219 @section PLD/FPGA Drivers, Options, and Commands
5220
5221 Drivers may support PLD-specific options to the @command{pld device}
5222 definition command, and may also define commands usable only with
5223 that particular type of PLD.
5224
5225 @deffn {FPGA Driver} virtex2
5226 Virtex-II is a family of FPGAs sold by Xilinx.
5227 It supports the IEEE 1532 standard for In-System Configuration (ISC).
5228 No driver-specific PLD definition options are used,
5229 and one driver-specific command is defined.
5230
5231 @deffn {Command} {virtex2 read_stat} num
5232 Reads and displays the Virtex-II status register (STAT)
5233 for FPGA @var{num}.
5234 @end deffn
5235 @end deffn
5236
5237 @node General Commands
5238 @chapter General Commands
5239 @cindex commands
5240
5241 The commands documented in this chapter here are common commands that
5242 you, as a human, may want to type and see the output of. Configuration type
5243 commands are documented elsewhere.
5244
5245 Intent:
5246 @itemize @bullet
5247 @item @b{Source Of Commands}
5248 @* OpenOCD commands can occur in a configuration script (discussed
5249 elsewhere) or typed manually by a human or supplied programatically,
5250 or via one of several TCP/IP Ports.
5251
5252 @item @b{From the human}
5253 @* A human should interact with the telnet interface (default port: 4444)
5254 or via GDB (default port 3333).
5255
5256 To issue commands from within a GDB session, use the @option{monitor}
5257 command, e.g. use @option{monitor poll} to issue the @option{poll}
5258 command. All output is relayed through the GDB session.
5259
5260 @item @b{Machine Interface}
5261 The Tcl interface's intent is to be a machine interface. The default Tcl
5262 port is 5555.
5263 @end itemize
5264
5265
5266 @section Daemon Commands
5267
5268 @deffn {Command} exit
5269 Exits the current telnet session.
5270 @end deffn
5271
5272 @deffn {Command} help [string]
5273 With no parameters, prints help text for all commands.
5274 Otherwise, prints each helptext containing @var{string}.
5275 Not every command provides helptext.
5276
5277 Configuration commands, and commands valid at any time, are
5278 explicitly noted in parenthesis.
5279 In most cases, no such restriction is listed; this indicates commands
5280 which are only available after the configuration stage has completed.
5281 @end deffn
5282
5283 @deffn Command sleep msec [@option{busy}]
5284 Wait for at least @var{msec} milliseconds before resuming.
5285 If @option{busy} is passed, busy-wait instead of sleeping.
5286 (This option is strongly discouraged.)
5287 Useful in connection with script files
5288 (@command{script} command and @command{target_name} configuration).
5289 @end deffn
5290
5291 @deffn Command shutdown
5292 Close the OpenOCD daemon, disconnecting all clients (GDB, telnet, other).
5293 @end deffn
5294
5295 @anchor{debug_level}
5296 @deffn Command debug_level [n]
5297 @cindex message level
5298 Display debug level.
5299 If @var{n} (from 0..3) is provided, then set it to that level.
5300 This affects the kind of messages sent to the server log.
5301 Level 0 is error messages only;
5302 level 1 adds warnings;
5303 level 2 adds informational messages;
5304 and level 3 adds debugging messages.
5305 The default is level 2, but that can be overridden on
5306 the command line along with the location of that log
5307 file (which is normally the server's standard output).
5308 @xref{Running}.
5309 @end deffn
5310
5311 @deffn Command fast (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
5312 Default disabled.
5313 Set default behaviour of OpenOCD to be "fast and dangerous".
5314
5315 At this writing, this only affects the defaults for two ARM7/ARM9 parameters:
5316 fast memory access, and DCC downloads. Those parameters may still be
5317 individually overridden.
5318
5319 The target specific "dangerous" optimisation tweaking options may come and go
5320 as more robust and user friendly ways are found to ensure maximum throughput
5321 and robustness with a minimum of configuration.
5322
5323 Typically the "fast enable" is specified first on the command line:
5324
5325 @example
5326 openocd -c "fast enable" -c "interface dummy" -f target/str710.cfg
5327 @end example
5328 @end deffn
5329
5330 @deffn Command echo message
5331 Logs a message at "user" priority.
5332 Output @var{message} to stdout.
5333 @example
5334 echo "Downloading kernel -- please wait"
5335 @end example
5336 @end deffn
5337
5338 @deffn Command log_output [filename]
5339 Redirect logging to @var{filename};
5340 the initial log output channel is stderr.
5341 @end deffn
5342
5343 @anchor{Target State handling}
5344 @section Target State handling
5345 @cindex reset
5346 @cindex halt
5347 @cindex target initialization
5348
5349 In this section ``target'' refers to a CPU configured as
5350 shown earlier (@pxref{CPU Configuration}).
5351 These commands, like many, implicitly refer to
5352 a current target which is used to perform the
5353 various operations. The current target may be changed
5354 by using @command{targets} command with the name of the
5355 target which should become current.
5356
5357 @deffn Command reg [(number|name) [value]]
5358 Access a single register by @var{number} or by its @var{name}.
5359 The target must generally be halted before access to CPU core
5360 registers is allowed. Depending on the hardware, some other
5361 registers may be accessible while the target is running.
5362
5363 @emph{With no arguments}:
5364 list all available registers for the current target,
5365 showing number, name, size, value, and cache status.
5366 For valid entries, a value is shown; valid entries
5367 which are also dirty (and will be written back later)
5368 are flagged as such.
5369
5370 @emph{With number/name}: display that register's value.
5371
5372 @emph{With both number/name and value}: set register's value.
5373 Writes may be held in a writeback cache internal to OpenOCD,
5374 so that setting the value marks the register as dirty instead
5375 of immediately flushing that value. Resuming CPU execution
5376 (including by single stepping) or otherwise activating the
5377 relevant module will flush such values.
5378
5379 Cores may have surprisingly many registers in their
5380 Debug and trace infrastructure:
5381
5382 @example
5383 > reg
5384 ===== ARM registers
5385 (0) r0 (/32): 0x0000D3C2 (dirty)
5386 (1) r1 (/32): 0xFD61F31C
5387 (2) r2 (/32)
5388 ...
5389 (164) ETM_contextid_comparator_mask (/32)
5390 >
5391 @end example
5392 @end deffn
5393
5394 @deffn Command halt [ms]
5395 @deffnx Command wait_halt [ms]
5396 The @command{halt} command first sends a halt request to the target,
5397 which @command{wait_halt} doesn't.
5398 Otherwise these behave the same: wait up to @var{ms} milliseconds,
5399 or 5 seconds if there is no parameter, for the target to halt
5400 (and enter debug mode).
5401 Using 0 as the @var{ms} parameter prevents OpenOCD from waiting.
5402
5403 @quotation Warning
5404 On ARM cores, software using the @emph{wait for interrupt} operation
5405 often blocks the JTAG access needed by a @command{halt} command.
5406 This is because that operation also puts the core into a low
5407 power mode by gating the core clock;
5408 but the core clock is needed to detect JTAG clock transitions.
5409
5410 One partial workaround uses adaptive clocking: when the core is
5411 interrupted the operation completes, then JTAG clocks are accepted
5412 at least until the interrupt handler completes.
5413 However, this workaround is often unusable since the processor, board,
5414 and JTAG adapter must all support adaptive JTAG clocking.
5415 Also, it can't work until an interrupt is issued.
5416
5417 A more complete workaround is to not use that operation while you
5418 work with a JTAG debugger.
5419 Tasking environments generaly have idle loops where the body is the
5420 @emph{wait for interrupt} operation.
5421 (On older cores, it is a coprocessor action;
5422 newer cores have a @option{wfi} instruction.)
5423 Such loops can just remove that operation, at the cost of higher
5424 power consumption (because the CPU is needlessly clocked).
5425 @end quotation
5426
5427 @end deffn
5428
5429 @deffn Command resume [address]
5430 Resume the target at its current code position,
5431 or the optional @var{address} if it is provided.
5432 OpenOCD will wait 5 seconds for the target to resume.
5433 @end deffn
5434
5435 @deffn Command step [address]
5436 Single-step the target at its current code position,
5437 or the optional @var{address} if it is provided.
5438 @end deffn
5439
5440 @anchor{Reset Command}
5441 @deffn Command reset
5442 @deffnx Command {reset run}
5443 @deffnx Command {reset halt}
5444 @deffnx Command {reset init}
5445 Perform as hard a reset as possible, using SRST if possible.
5446 @emph{All defined targets will be reset, and target
5447 events will fire during the reset sequence.}
5448
5449 The optional parameter specifies what should
5450 happen after the reset.
5451 If there is no parameter, a @command{reset run} is executed.
5452 The other options will not work on all systems.
5453 @xref{Reset Configuration}.
5454
5455 @itemize @minus
5456 @item @b{run} Let the target run
5457 @item @b{halt} Immediately halt the target
5458 @item @b{init} Immediately halt the target, and execute the reset-init script
5459 @end itemize
5460 @end deffn
5461
5462 @deffn Command soft_reset_halt
5463 Requesting target halt and executing a soft reset. This is often used
5464 when a target cannot be reset and halted. The target, after reset is
5465 released begins to execute code. OpenOCD attempts to stop the CPU and
5466 then sets the program counter back to the reset vector. Unfortunately
5467 the code that was executed may have left the hardware in an unknown
5468 state.
5469 @end deffn
5470
5471 @section I/O Utilities
5472
5473 These commands are available when
5474 OpenOCD is built with @option{--enable-ioutil}.
5475 They are mainly useful on embedded targets,
5476 notably the ZY1000.
5477 Hosts with operating systems have complementary tools.
5478
5479 @emph{Note:} there are several more such commands.
5480
5481 @deffn Command append_file filename [string]*
5482 Appends the @var{string} parameters to
5483 the text file @file{filename}.
5484 Each string except the last one is followed by one space.
5485 The last string is followed by a newline.
5486 @end deffn
5487
5488 @deffn Command cat filename
5489 Reads and displays the text file @file{filename}.
5490 @end deffn
5491
5492 @deffn Command cp src_filename dest_filename
5493 Copies contents from the file @file{src_filename}
5494 into @file{dest_filename}.
5495 @end deffn
5496
5497 @deffn Command ip
5498 @emph{No description provided.}
5499 @end deffn
5500
5501 @deffn Command ls
5502 @emph{No description provided.}
5503 @end deffn
5504
5505 @deffn Command mac
5506 @emph{No description provided.}
5507 @end deffn
5508
5509 @deffn Command meminfo
5510 Display available RAM memory on OpenOCD host.
5511 Used in OpenOCD regression testing scripts.
5512 @end deffn
5513
5514 @deffn Command peek
5515 @emph{No description provided.}
5516 @end deffn
5517
5518 @deffn Command poke
5519 @emph{No description provided.}
5520 @end deffn
5521
5522 @deffn Command rm filename
5523 @c "rm" has both normal and Jim-level versions??
5524 Unlinks the file @file{filename}.
5525 @end deffn
5526
5527 @deffn Command trunc filename
5528 Removes all data in the file @file{filename}.
5529 @end deffn
5530
5531 @anchor{Memory access}
5532 @section Memory access commands
5533 @cindex memory access
5534
5535 These commands allow accesses of a specific size to the memory
5536 system. Often these are used to configure the current target in some
5537 special way. For example - one may need to write certain values to the
5538 SDRAM controller to enable SDRAM.
5539
5540 @enumerate
5541 @item Use the @command{targets} (plural) command
5542 to change the current target.
5543 @item In system level scripts these commands are deprecated.
5544 Please use their TARGET object siblings to avoid making assumptions
5545 about what TAP is the current target, or about MMU configuration.
5546 @end enumerate
5547
5548 @deffn Command mdw [phys] addr [count]
5549 @deffnx Command mdh [phys] addr [count]
5550 @deffnx Command mdb [phys] addr [count]
5551 Display contents of address @var{addr}, as
5552 32-bit words (@command{mdw}), 16-bit halfwords (@command{mdh}),
5553 or 8-bit bytes (@command{mdb}).
5554 When the current target has an MMU which is present and active,
5555 @var{addr} is interpreted as a virtual address.
5556 Otherwise, or if the optional @var{phys} flag is specified,
5557 @var{addr} is interpreted as a physical address.
5558 If @var{count} is specified, displays that many units.
5559 (If you want to manipulate the data instead of displaying it,
5560 see the @code{mem2array} primitives.)
5561 @end deffn
5562
5563 @deffn Command mww [phys] addr word
5564 @deffnx Command mwh [phys] addr halfword
5565 @deffnx Command mwb [phys] addr byte
5566 Writes the specified @var{word} (32 bits),
5567 @var{halfword} (16 bits), or @var{byte} (8-bit) value,
5568 at the specified address @var{addr}.
5569 When the current target has an MMU which is present and active,
5570 @var{addr} is interpreted as a virtual address.
5571 Otherwise, or if the optional @var{phys} flag is specified,
5572 @var{addr} is interpreted as a physical address.
5573 @end deffn
5574
5575
5576 @anchor{Image access}
5577 @section Image loading commands
5578 @cindex image loading
5579 @cindex image dumping
5580
5581 @anchor{dump_image}
5582 @deffn Command {dump_image} filename address size
5583 Dump @var{size} bytes of target memory starting at @var{address} to the
5584 binary file named @var{filename}.
5585 @end deffn
5586
5587 @deffn Command {fast_load}
5588 Loads an image stored in memory by @command{fast_load_image} to the
5589 current target. Must be preceeded by fast_load_image.
5590 @end deffn
5591
5592 @deffn Command {fast_load_image} filename address [@option{bin}|@option{ihex}|@option{elf}]
5593 Normally you should be using @command{load_image} or GDB load. However, for
5594 testing purposes or when I/O overhead is significant(OpenOCD running on an embedded
5595 host), storing the image in memory and uploading the image to the target
5596 can be a way to upload e.g. multiple debug sessions when the binary does not change.
5597 Arguments are the same as @command{load_image}, but the image is stored in OpenOCD host
5598 memory, i.e. does not affect target. This approach is also useful when profiling
5599 target programming performance as I/O and target programming can easily be profiled
5600 separately.
5601 @end deffn
5602
5603 @anchor{load_image}
5604 @deffn Command {load_image} filename address [@option{bin}|@option{ihex}|@option{elf}]
5605 Load image from file @var{filename} to target memory at @var{address}.
5606 The file format may optionally be specified
5607 (@option{bin}, @option{ihex}, or @option{elf})
5608 @end deffn
5609
5610 @deffn Command {test_image} filename [address [@option{bin}|@option{ihex}|@option{elf}]]
5611 Displays image section sizes and addresses
5612 as if @var{filename} were loaded into target memory
5613 starting at @var{address} (defaults to zero).
5614 The file format may optionally be specified
5615 (@option{bin}, @option{ihex}, or @option{elf})
5616 @end deffn
5617
5618 @deffn Command {verify_image} filename address [@option{bin}|@option{ihex}|@option{elf}]
5619 Verify @var{filename} against target memory starting at @var{address}.
5620 The file format may optionally be specified
5621 (@option{bin}, @option{ihex}, or @option{elf})
5622 This will first attempt a comparison using a CRC checksum, if this fails it will try a binary compare.
5623 @end deffn
5624
5625
5626 @section Breakpoint and Watchpoint commands
5627 @cindex breakpoint
5628 @cindex watchpoint
5629
5630 CPUs often make debug modules accessible through JTAG, with
5631 hardware support for a handful of code breakpoints and data
5632 watchpoints.
5633 In addition, CPUs almost always support software breakpoints.
5634
5635 @deffn Command {bp} [address len [@option{hw}]]
5636 With no parameters, lists all active breakpoints.
5637 Else sets a breakpoint on code execution starting
5638 at @var{address} for @var{length} bytes.
5639 This is a software breakpoint, unless @option{hw} is specified
5640 in which case it will be a hardware breakpoint.
5641
5642 (@xref{arm9 vector_catch}, or @pxref{xscale vector_catch},
5643 for similar mechanisms that do not consume hardware breakpoints.)
5644 @end deffn
5645
5646 @deffn Command {rbp} address
5647 Remove the breakpoint at @var{address}.
5648 @end deffn
5649
5650 @deffn Command {rwp} address
5651 Remove data watchpoint on @var{address}
5652 @end deffn
5653
5654 @deffn Command {wp} [address len [(@option{r}|@option{w}|@option{a}) [value [mask]]]]
5655 With no parameters, lists all active watchpoints.
5656 Else sets a data watchpoint on data from @var{address} for @var{length} bytes.
5657 The watch point is an "access" watchpoint unless
5658 the @option{r} or @option{w} parameter is provided,
5659 defining it as respectively a read or write watchpoint.
5660 If a @var{value} is provided, that value is used when determining if
5661 the watchpoint should trigger. The value may be first be masked
5662 using @var{mask} to mark ``don't care'' fields.
5663 @end deffn
5664
5665 @section Misc Commands
5666
5667 @cindex profiling
5668 @deffn Command {profile} seconds filename
5669 Profiling samples the CPU's program counter as quickly as possible,
5670 which is useful for non-intrusive stochastic profiling.
5671 Saves up to 10000 sampines in @file{filename} using ``gmon.out'' format.
5672 @end deffn
5673
5674 @deffn Command {version}
5675 Displays a string identifying the version of this OpenOCD server.
5676 @end deffn
5677
5678 @deffn Command {virt2phys} virtual_address
5679 Requests the current target to map the specified @var{virtual_address}
5680 to its corresponding physical address, and displays the result.
5681 @end deffn
5682
5683 @node Architecture and Core Commands
5684 @chapter Architecture and Core Commands
5685 @cindex Architecture Specific Commands
5686 @cindex Core Specific Commands
5687
5688 Most CPUs have specialized JTAG operations to support debugging.
5689 OpenOCD packages most such operations in its standard command framework.
5690 Some of those operations don't fit well in that framework, so they are
5691 exposed here as architecture or implementation (core) specific commands.
5692
5693 @anchor{ARM Hardware Tracing}
5694 @section ARM Hardware Tracing
5695 @cindex tracing
5696 @cindex ETM
5697 @cindex ETB
5698
5699 CPUs based on ARM cores may include standard tracing interfaces,
5700 based on an ``Embedded Trace Module'' (ETM) which sends voluminous
5701 address and data bus trace records to a ``Trace Port''.
5702
5703 @itemize
5704 @item
5705 Development-oriented boards will sometimes provide a high speed
5706 trace connector for collecting that data, when the particular CPU
5707 supports such an interface.
5708 (The standard connector is a 38-pin Mictor, with both JTAG
5709 and trace port support.)
5710 Those trace connectors are supported by higher end JTAG adapters
5711 and some logic analyzer modules; frequently those modules can
5712 buffer several megabytes of trace data.
5713 Configuring an ETM coupled to such an external trace port belongs
5714 in the board-specific configuration file.
5715 @item
5716 If the CPU doesn't provide an external interface, it probably
5717 has an ``Embedded Trace Buffer'' (ETB) on the chip, which is a
5718 dedicated SRAM. 4KBytes is one common ETB size.
5719 Configuring an ETM coupled only to an ETB belongs in the CPU-specific
5720 (target) configuration file, since it works the same on all boards.
5721 @end itemize
5722
5723 ETM support in OpenOCD doesn't seem to be widely used yet.
5724
5725 @quotation Issues
5726 ETM support may be buggy, and at least some @command{etm config}
5727 parameters should be detected by asking the ETM for them.
5728
5729 ETM trigger events could also implement a kind of complex
5730 hardware breakpoint, much more powerful than the simple
5731 watchpoint hardware exported by EmbeddedICE modules.
5732 @emph{Such breakpoints can be triggered even when using the
5733 dummy trace port driver}.
5734
5735 It seems like a GDB hookup should be possible,
5736 as well as tracing only during specific states
5737 (perhaps @emph{handling IRQ 23} or @emph{calls foo()}).
5738
5739 There should be GUI tools to manipulate saved trace data and help
5740 analyse it in conjunction with the source code.
5741 It's unclear how much of a common interface is shared
5742 with the current XScale trace support, or should be
5743 shared with eventual Nexus-style trace module support.
5744
5745 At this writing (November 2009) only ARM7, ARM9, and ARM11 support
5746 for ETM modules is available. The code should be able to
5747 work with some newer cores; but not all of them support
5748 this original style of JTAG access.
5749 @end quotation
5750
5751 @subsection ETM Configuration
5752 ETM setup is coupled with the trace port driver configuration.
5753
5754 @deffn {Config Command} {etm config} target width mode clocking driver
5755 Declares the ETM associated with @var{target}, and associates it
5756 with a given trace port @var{driver}. @xref{Trace Port Drivers}.
5757
5758 Several of the parameters must reflect the trace port capabilities,
5759 which are a function of silicon capabilties (exposed later
5760 using @command{etm info}) and of what hardware is connected to
5761 that port (such as an external pod, or ETB).
5762 The @var{width} must be either 4, 8, or 16,
5763 except with ETMv3.0 and newer modules which may also
5764 support 1, 2, 24, 32, 48, and 64 bit widths.
5765 (With those versions, @command{etm info} also shows whether
5766 the selected port width and mode are supported.)
5767
5768 The @var{mode} must be @option{normal}, @option{multiplexed},
5769 or @option{demultiplexed}.
5770 The @var{clocking} must be @option{half} or @option{full}.
5771
5772 @quotation Warning
5773 With ETMv3.0 and newer, the bits set with the @var{mode} and
5774 @var{clocking} parameters both control the mode.
5775 This modified mode does not map to the values supported by
5776 previous ETM modules, so this syntax is subject to change.
5777 @end quotation
5778
5779 @quotation Note
5780 You can see the ETM registers using the @command{reg} command.
5781 Not all possible registers are present in every ETM.
5782 Most of the registers are write-only, and are used to configure
5783 what CPU activities are traced.
5784 @end quotation
5785 @end deffn
5786
5787 @deffn Command {etm info}
5788 Displays information about the current target's ETM.
5789 This includes resource counts from the @code{ETM_CONFIG} register,
5790 as well as silicon capabilities (except on rather old modules).
5791 from the @code{ETM_SYS_CONFIG} register.
5792 @end deffn
5793
5794 @deffn Command {etm status}
5795 Displays status of the current target's ETM and trace port driver:
5796 is the ETM idle, or is it collecting data?
5797 Did trace data overflow?
5798 Was it triggered?
5799 @end deffn
5800
5801 @deffn Command {etm tracemode} [type context_id_bits cycle_accurate branch_output]
5802 Displays what data that ETM will collect.
5803 If arguments are provided, first configures that data.
5804 When the configuration changes, tracing is stopped
5805 and any buffered trace data is invalidated.
5806
5807 @itemize
5808 @item @var{type} ... describing how data accesses are traced,
5809 when they pass any ViewData filtering that that was set up.
5810 The value is one of
5811 @option{none} (save nothing),
5812 @option{data} (save data),
5813 @option{address} (save addresses),
5814 @option{all} (save data and addresses)
5815 @item @var{context_id_bits} ... 0, 8, 16, or 32
5816 @item @var{cycle_accurate} ... @option{enable} or @option{disable}
5817 cycle-accurate instruction tracing.
5818 Before ETMv3, enabling this causes much extra data to be recorded.
5819 @item @var{branch_output} ... @option{enable} or @option{disable}.
5820 Disable this unless you need to try reconstructing the instruction
5821 trace stream without an image of the code.
5822 @end itemize
5823 @end deffn
5824
5825 @deffn Command {etm trigger_debug} (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
5826 Displays whether ETM triggering debug entry (like a breakpoint) is
5827 enabled or disabled, after optionally modifying that configuration.
5828 The default behaviour is @option{disable}.
5829 Any change takes effect after the next @command{etm start}.
5830
5831 By using script commands to configure ETM registers, you can make the
5832 processor enter debug state automatically when certain conditions,
5833 more complex than supported by the breakpoint hardware, happen.
5834 @end deffn
5835
5836 @subsection ETM Trace Operation
5837
5838 After setting up the ETM, you can use it to collect data.
5839 That data can be exported to files for later analysis.
5840 It can also be parsed with OpenOCD, for basic sanity checking.
5841
5842 To configure what is being traced, you will need to write
5843 various trace registers using @command{reg ETM_*} commands.
5844 For the definitions of these registers, read ARM publication
5845 @emph{IHI 0014, ``Embedded Trace Macrocell, Architecture Specification''}.
5846 Be aware that most of the relevant registers are write-only,
5847 and that ETM resources are limited. There are only a handful
5848 of address comparators, data comparators, counters, and so on.
5849
5850 Examples of scenarios you might arrange to trace include:
5851
5852 @itemize
5853 @item Code flow within a function, @emph{excluding} subroutines
5854 it calls. Use address range comparators to enable tracing
5855 for instruction access within that function's body.
5856 @item Code flow within a function, @emph{including} subroutines
5857 it calls. Use the sequencer and address comparators to activate
5858 tracing on an ``entered function'' state, then deactivate it by
5859 exiting that state when the function's exit code is invoked.
5860 @item Code flow starting at the fifth invocation of a function,
5861 combining one of the above models with a counter.
5862 @item CPU data accesses to the registers for a particular device,
5863 using address range comparators and the ViewData logic.
5864 @item Such data accesses only during IRQ handling, combining the above
5865 model with sequencer triggers which on entry and exit to the IRQ handler.
5866 @item @emph{... more}
5867 @end itemize
5868
5869 At this writing, September 2009, there are no Tcl utility
5870 procedures to help set up any common tracing scenarios.
5871
5872 @deffn Command {etm analyze}
5873 Reads trace data into memory, if it wasn't already present.
5874 Decodes and prints the data that was collected.
5875 @end deffn
5876
5877 @deffn Command {etm dump} filename
5878 Stores the captured trace data in @file{filename}.
5879 @end deffn
5880
5881 @deffn Command {etm image} filename [base_address] [type]
5882 Opens an image file.
5883 @end deffn
5884
5885 @deffn Command {etm load} filename
5886 Loads captured trace data from @file{filename}.
5887 @end deffn
5888
5889 @deffn Command {etm start}
5890 Starts trace data collection.
5891 @end deffn
5892
5893 @deffn Command {etm stop}
5894 Stops trace data collection.
5895 @end deffn
5896
5897 @anchor{Trace Port Drivers}
5898 @subsection Trace Port Drivers
5899
5900 To use an ETM trace port it must be associated with a driver.
5901
5902 @deffn {Trace Port Driver} dummy
5903 Use the @option{dummy} driver if you are configuring an ETM that's
5904 not connected to anything (on-chip ETB or off-chip trace connector).
5905 @emph{This driver lets OpenOCD talk to the ETM, but it does not expose
5906 any trace data collection.}
5907 @deffn {Config Command} {etm_dummy config} target
5908 Associates the ETM for @var{target} with a dummy driver.
5909 @end deffn
5910 @end deffn
5911
5912 @deffn {Trace Port Driver} etb
5913 Use the @option{etb} driver if you are configuring an ETM
5914 to use on-chip ETB memory.
5915 @deffn {Config Command} {etb config} target etb_tap
5916 Associates the ETM for @var{target} with the ETB at @var{etb_tap}.
5917 You can see the ETB registers using the @command{reg} command.
5918 @end deffn
5919 @deffn Command {etb trigger_percent} [percent]
5920 This displays, or optionally changes, ETB behavior after the
5921 ETM's configured @emph{trigger} event fires.
5922 It controls how much more trace data is saved after the (single)
5923 trace trigger becomes active.
5924
5925 @itemize
5926 @item The default corresponds to @emph{trace around} usage,
5927 recording 50 percent data before the event and the rest
5928 afterwards.
5929 @item The minimum value of @var{percent} is 2 percent,
5930 recording almost exclusively data before the trigger.
5931 Such extreme @emph{trace before} usage can help figure out
5932 what caused that event to happen.
5933 @item The maximum value of @var{percent} is 100 percent,
5934 recording data almost exclusively after the event.
5935 This extreme @emph{trace after} usage might help sort out
5936 how the event caused trouble.
5937 @end itemize
5938 @c REVISIT allow "break" too -- enter debug mode.
5939 @end deffn
5940
5941 @end deffn
5942
5943 @deffn {Trace Port Driver} oocd_trace
5944 This driver isn't available unless OpenOCD was explicitly configured
5945 with the @option{--enable-oocd_trace} option. You probably don't want
5946 to configure it unless you've built the appropriate prototype hardware;
5947 it's @emph{proof-of-concept} software.
5948
5949 Use the @option{oocd_trace} driver if you are configuring an ETM that's
5950 connected to an off-chip trace connector.
5951
5952 @deffn {Config Command} {oocd_trace config} target tty
5953 Associates the ETM for @var{target} with a trace driver which
5954 collects data through the serial port @var{tty}.
5955 @end deffn
5956
5957 @deffn Command {oocd_trace resync}
5958 Re-synchronizes with the capture clock.
5959 @end deffn
5960
5961 @deffn Command {oocd_trace status}
5962 Reports whether the capture clock is locked or not.
5963 @end deffn
5964 @end deffn
5965
5966
5967 @section Generic ARM
5968 @cindex ARM
5969
5970 These commands should be available on all ARM processors.
5971 They are available in addition to other core-specific
5972 commands that may be available.
5973
5974 @deffn Command {arm core_state} [@option{arm}|@option{thumb}]
5975 Displays the core_state, optionally changing it to process
5976 either @option{arm} or @option{thumb} instructions.
5977 The target may later be resumed in the currently set core_state.
5978 (Processors may also support the Jazelle state, but
5979 that is not currently supported in OpenOCD.)
5980 @end deffn
5981
5982 @deffn Command {arm disassemble} address [count [@option{thumb}]]
5983 @cindex disassemble
5984 Disassembles @var{count} instructions starting at @var{address}.
5985 If @var{count} is not specified, a single instruction is disassembled.
5986 If @option{thumb} is specified, or the low bit of the address is set,
5987 Thumb2 (mixed 16/32-bit) instructions are used;
5988 else ARM (32-bit) instructions are used.
5989 (Processors may also support the Jazelle state, but
5990 those instructions are not currently understood by OpenOCD.)
5991
5992 Note that all Thumb instructions are Thumb2 instructions,
5993 so older processors (without Thumb2 support) will still
5994 see correct disassembly of Thumb code.
5995 Also, ThumbEE opcodes are the same as Thumb2,
5996 with a handful of exceptions.
5997 ThumbEE disassembly currently has no explicit support.
5998 @end deffn
5999
6000 @deffn Command {arm mcr} pX op1 CRn CRm op2 value
6001 Write @var{value} to a coprocessor @var{pX} register
6002 passing parameters @var{CRn},
6003 @var{CRm}, opcodes @var{opc1} and @var{opc2},
6004 and using the MCR instruction.
6005 (Parameter sequence matches the ARM instruction, but omits
6006 an ARM register.)
6007 @end deffn
6008
6009 @deffn Command {arm mrc} pX coproc op1 CRn CRm op2
6010 Read a coprocessor @var{pX} register passing parameters @var{CRn},
6011 @var{CRm}, opcodes @var{opc1} and @var{opc2},
6012 and the MRC instruction.
6013 Returns the result so it can be manipulated by Jim scripts.
6014 (Parameter sequence matches the ARM instruction, but omits
6015 an ARM register.)
6016 @end deffn
6017
6018 @deffn Command {arm reg}
6019 Display a table of all banked core registers, fetching the current value from every
6020 core mode if necessary.
6021 @end deffn
6022
6023 @section ARMv4 and ARMv5 Architecture
6024 @cindex ARMv4
6025 @cindex ARMv5
6026
6027 The ARMv4 and ARMv5 architectures are widely used in embedded systems,
6028 and introduced core parts of the instruction set in use today.
6029 That includes the Thumb instruction set, introduced in the ARMv4T
6030 variant.
6031
6032 @subsection ARM7 and ARM9 specific commands
6033 @cindex ARM7
6034 @cindex ARM9
6035
6036 These commands are specific to ARM7 and ARM9 cores, like ARM7TDMI, ARM720T,
6037 ARM9TDMI, ARM920T or ARM926EJ-S.
6038 They are available in addition to the ARM commands,
6039 and any other core-specific commands that may be available.
6040
6041 @deffn Command {arm7_9 dbgrq} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
6042 Displays the value of the flag controlling use of the
6043 the EmbeddedIce DBGRQ signal to force entry into debug mode,
6044 instead of breakpoints.
6045 If a boolean parameter is provided, first assigns that flag.
6046
6047 This should be
6048 safe for all but ARM7TDMI-S cores (like NXP LPC).
6049 This feature is enabled by default on most ARM9 cores,
6050 including ARM9TDMI, ARM920T, and ARM926EJ-S.
6051 @end deffn
6052
6053 @deffn Command {arm7_9 dcc_downloads} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
6054 @cindex DCC
6055 Displays the value of the flag controlling use of the debug communications
6056 channel (DCC) to write larger (>128 byte) amounts of memory.
6057 If a boolean parameter is provided, first assigns that flag.
6058
6059 DCC downloads offer a huge speed increase, but might be
6060 unsafe, especially with targets running at very low speeds. This command was introduced
6061 with OpenOCD rev. 60, and requires a few bytes of working area.
6062 @end deffn
6063
6064 @anchor{arm7_9 fast_memory_access}
6065 @deffn Command {arm7_9 fast_memory_access} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
6066 Displays the value of the flag controlling use of memory writes and reads
6067 that don't check completion of the operation.
6068 If a boolean parameter is provided, first assigns that flag.
6069
6070 This provides a huge speed increase, especially with USB JTAG
6071 cables (FT2232), but might be unsafe if used with targets running at very low
6072 speeds, like the 32kHz startup clock of an AT91RM9200.
6073 @end deffn
6074
6075 @deffn Command {arm7_9 semihosting} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
6076 @cindex ARM semihosting
6077 Display status of semihosting, after optionally changing that status.
6078
6079 Semihosting allows for code executing on an ARM target to use the
6080 I/O facilities on the host computer i.e. the system where OpenOCD
6081 is running. The target application must be linked against a library
6082 implementing the ARM semihosting convention that forwards operation
6083 requests by using a special SVC instruction that is trapped at the
6084 Supervisor Call vector by OpenOCD.
6085 @end deffn
6086
6087 @subsection ARM720T specific commands
6088 @cindex ARM720T
6089
6090 These commands are available to ARM720T based CPUs,
6091 which are implementations of the ARMv4T architecture
6092 based on the ARM7TDMI-S integer core.
6093 They are available in addition to the ARM and ARM7/ARM9 commands.
6094
6095 @deffn Command {arm720t cp15} opcode [value]
6096 @emph{DEPRECATED -- avoid using this.
6097 Use the @command{arm mrc} or @command{arm mcr} commands instead.}
6098
6099 Display cp15 register returned by the ARM instruction @var{opcode};
6100 else if a @var{value} is provided, that value is written to that register.
6101 The @var{opcode} should be the value of either an MRC or MCR instruction.
6102 @end deffn
6103
6104 @subsection ARM9 specific commands
6105 @cindex ARM9
6106
6107 ARM9-family cores are built around ARM9TDMI or ARM9E (including ARM9EJS)
6108 integer processors.
6109 Such cores include the ARM920T, ARM926EJ-S, and ARM966.
6110
6111 @c 9-june-2009: tried this on arm920t, it didn't work.
6112 @c no-params always lists nothing caught, and that's how it acts.
6113 @c 23-oct-2009: doesn't work _consistently_ ... as if the ICE
6114 @c versions have different rules about when they commit writes.
6115
6116 @anchor{arm9 vector_catch}
6117 @deffn Command {arm9 vector_catch} [@option{all}|@option{none}|list]
6118 @cindex vector_catch
6119 Vector Catch hardware provides a sort of dedicated breakpoint
6120 for hardware events such as reset, interrupt, and abort.
6121 You can use this to conserve normal breakpoint resources,
6122 so long as you're not concerned with code that branches directly
6123 to those hardware vectors.
6124
6125 This always finishes by listing the current configuration.
6126 If parameters are provided, it first reconfigures the
6127 vector catch hardware to intercept
6128 @option{all} of the hardware vectors,
6129 @option{none} of them,
6130 or a list with one or more of the following:
6131 @option{reset} @option{undef} @option{swi} @option{pabt} @option{dabt}
6132 @option{irq} @option{fiq}.
6133 @end deffn
6134
6135 @subsection ARM920T specific commands
6136 @cindex ARM920T
6137
6138 These commands are available to ARM920T based CPUs,
6139 which are implementations of the ARMv4T architecture
6140 built using the ARM9TDMI integer core.
6141 They are available in addition to the ARM, ARM7/ARM9,
6142 and ARM9 commands.
6143
6144 @deffn Command {arm920t cache_info}
6145 Print information about the caches found. This allows to see whether your target
6146 is an ARM920T (2x16kByte cache) or ARM922T (2x8kByte cache).
6147 @end deffn
6148
6149 @deffn Command {arm920t cp15} regnum [value]
6150 Display cp15 register @var{regnum};
6151 else if a @var{value} is provided, that value is written to that register.
6152 This uses "physical access" and the register number is as
6153 shown in bits 38..33 of table 9-9 in the ARM920T TRM.
6154 (Not all registers can be written.)
6155 @end deffn
6156
6157 @deffn Command {arm920t cp15i} opcode [value [address]]
6158 @emph{DEPRECATED -- avoid using this.
6159 Use the @command{arm mrc} or @command{arm mcr} commands instead.}
6160
6161 Interpreted access using ARM instruction @var{opcode}, which should
6162 be the value of either an MRC or MCR instruction
6163 (as shown tables 9-11, 9-12, and 9-13 in the ARM920T TRM).
6164 If no @var{value} is provided, the result is displayed.
6165 Else if that value is written using the specified @var{address},
6166 or using zero if no other address is provided.
6167 @end deffn
6168
6169 @deffn Command {arm920t read_cache} filename
6170 Dump the content of ICache and DCache to a file named @file{filename}.
6171 @end deffn
6172
6173 @deffn Command {arm920t read_mmu} filename
6174 Dump the content of the ITLB and DTLB to a file named @file{filename}.
6175 @end deffn
6176
6177 @subsection ARM926ej-s specific commands
6178 @cindex ARM926ej-s
6179
6180 These commands are available to ARM926ej-s based CPUs,
6181 which are implementations of the ARMv5TEJ architecture
6182 based on the ARM9EJ-S integer core.
6183 They are available in addition to the ARM, ARM7/ARM9,
6184 and ARM9 commands.
6185
6186 The Feroceon cores also support these commands, although
6187 they are not built from ARM926ej-s designs.
6188
6189 @deffn Command {arm926ejs cache_info}
6190 Print information about the caches found.
6191 @end deffn
6192
6193 @subsection ARM966E specific commands
6194 @cindex ARM966E
6195
6196 These commands are available to ARM966 based CPUs,
6197 which are implementations of the ARMv5TE architecture.
6198 They are available in addition to the ARM, ARM7/ARM9,
6199 and ARM9 commands.
6200
6201 @deffn Command {arm966e cp15} regnum [value]
6202 Display cp15 register @var{regnum};
6203 else if a @var{value} is provided, that value is written to that register.
6204 The six bit @var{regnum} values are bits 37..32 from table 7-2 of the
6205 ARM966E-S TRM.
6206 There is no current control over bits 31..30 from that table,
6207 as required for BIST support.
6208 @end deffn
6209
6210 @subsection XScale specific commands
6211 @cindex XScale
6212
6213 Some notes about the debug implementation on the XScale CPUs:
6214
6215 The XScale CPU provides a special debug-only mini-instruction cache
6216 (mini-IC) in which exception vectors and target-resident debug handler
6217 code are placed by OpenOCD. In order to get access to the CPU, OpenOCD
6218 must point vector 0 (the reset vector) to the entry of the debug
6219 handler. However, this means that the complete first cacheline in the
6220 mini-IC is marked valid, which makes the CPU fetch all exception
6221 handlers from the mini-IC, ignoring the code in RAM.
6222
6223 OpenOCD currently does not sync the mini-IC entries with the RAM
6224 contents (which would fail anyway while the target is running), so
6225 the user must provide appropriate values using the @code{xscale
6226 vector_table} command.
6227
6228 It is recommended to place a pc-relative indirect branch in the vector
6229 table, and put the branch destination somewhere in memory. Doing so
6230 makes sure the code in the vector table stays constant regardless of
6231 code layout in memory:
6232 @example
6233 _vectors:
6234 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
6235 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
6236 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
6237 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
6238 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
6239 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
6240 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
6241 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
6242 .org 0x100
6243 .long real_reset_vector
6244 .long real_ui_handler
6245 .long real_swi_handler
6246 .long real_pf_abort
6247 .long real_data_abort
6248 .long 0 /* unused */
6249 .long real_irq_handler
6250 .long real_fiq_handler
6251 @end example
6252
6253 The debug handler must be placed somewhere in the address space using
6254 the @code{xscale debug_handler} command. The allowed locations for the
6255 debug handler are either (0x800 - 0x1fef800) or (0xfe000800 -
6256 0xfffff800). The default value is 0xfe000800.
6257
6258
6259 These commands are available to XScale based CPUs,
6260 which are implementations of the ARMv5TE architecture.
6261
6262 @deffn Command {xscale analyze_trace}
6263 Displays the contents of the trace buffer.
6264 @end deffn
6265
6266 @deffn Command {xscale cache_clean_address} address
6267 Changes the address used when cleaning the data cache.
6268 @end deffn
6269
6270 @deffn Command {xscale cache_info}
6271 Displays information about the CPU caches.
6272 @end deffn
6273
6274 @deffn Command {xscale cp15} regnum [value]
6275 Display cp15 register @var{regnum};
6276 else if a @var{value} is provided, that value is written to that register.
6277 @end deffn
6278
6279 @deffn Command {xscale debug_handler} target address
6280 Changes the address used for the specified target's debug handler.
6281 @end deffn
6282
6283 @deffn Command {xscale dcache} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
6284 Enables or disable the CPU's data cache.
6285 @end deffn
6286
6287 @deffn Command {xscale dump_trace} filename
6288 Dumps the raw contents of the trace buffer to @file{filename}.
6289 @end deffn
6290
6291 @deffn Command {xscale icache} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
6292 Enables or disable the CPU's instruction cache.
6293 @end deffn
6294
6295 @deffn Command {xscale mmu} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
6296 Enables or disable the CPU's memory management unit.
6297 @end deffn
6298
6299 @deffn Command {xscale trace_buffer} [@option{enable}|@option{disable} [@option{fill} [n] | @option{wrap}]]
6300 Displays the trace buffer status, after optionally
6301 enabling or disabling the trace buffer
6302 and modifying how it is emptied.
6303 @end deffn
6304
6305 @deffn Command {xscale trace_image} filename [offset [type]]
6306 Opens a trace image from @file{filename}, optionally rebasing
6307 its segment addresses by @var{offset}.
6308 The image @var{type} may be one of
6309 @option{bin} (binary), @option{ihex} (Intel hex),
6310 @option{elf} (ELF file), @option{s19} (Motorola s19),
6311 @option{mem}, or @option{builder}.
6312 @end deffn
6313
6314 @anchor{xscale vector_catch}
6315 @deffn Command {xscale vector_catch} [mask]
6316 @cindex vector_catch
6317 Display a bitmask showing the hardware vectors to catch.
6318 If the optional parameter is provided, first set the bitmask to that value.
6319
6320 The mask bits correspond with bit 16..23 in the DCSR:
6321 @example
6322 0x01 Trap Reset
6323 0x02 Trap Undefined Instructions
6324 0x04 Trap Software Interrupt
6325 0x08 Trap Prefetch Abort
6326 0x10 Trap Data Abort
6327 0x20 reserved
6328 0x40 Trap IRQ
6329 0x80 Trap FIQ
6330 @end example
6331 @end deffn
6332
6333 @anchor{xscale vector_table}
6334 @deffn Command {xscale vector_table} [(@option{low}|@option{high}) index value]
6335 @cindex vector_table
6336
6337 Set an entry in the mini-IC vector table. There are two tables: one for
6338 low vectors (at 0x00000000), and one for high vectors (0xFFFF0000), each
6339 holding the 8 exception vectors. @var{index} can be 1-7, because vector 0
6340 points to the debug handler entry and can not be overwritten.
6341 @var{value} holds the 32-bit opcode that is placed in the mini-IC.
6342
6343 Without arguments, the current settings are displayed.
6344
6345 @end deffn
6346
6347 @section ARMv6 Architecture
6348 @cindex ARMv6
6349
6350 @subsection ARM11 specific commands
6351 @cindex ARM11
6352
6353 @deffn Command {arm11 memwrite burst} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
6354 Displays the value of the memwrite burst-enable flag,
6355 which is enabled by default.
6356 If a boolean parameter is provided, first assigns that flag.
6357 Burst writes are only used for memory writes larger than 1 word.
6358 They improve performance by assuming that the CPU has read each data
6359 word over JTAG and completed its write before the next word arrives,
6360 instead of polling for a status flag to verify that completion.
6361 This is usually safe, because JTAG runs much slower than the CPU.
6362 @end deffn
6363
6364 @deffn Command {arm11 memwrite error_fatal} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
6365 Displays the value of the memwrite error_fatal flag,
6366 which is enabled by default.
6367 If a boolean parameter is provided, first assigns that flag.
6368 When set, certain memory write errors cause earlier transfer termination.
6369 @end deffn
6370
6371 @deffn Command {arm11 step_irq_enable} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
6372 Displays the value of the flag controlling whether
6373 IRQs are enabled during single stepping;
6374 they are disabled by default.
6375 If a boolean parameter is provided, first assigns that.
6376 @end deffn
6377
6378 @deffn Command {arm11 vcr} [value]
6379 @cindex vector_catch
6380 Displays the value of the @emph{Vector Catch Register (VCR)},
6381 coprocessor 14 register 7.
6382 If @var{value} is defined, first assigns that.
6383
6384 Vector Catch hardware provides dedicated breakpoints
6385 for certain hardware events.
6386 The specific bit values are core-specific (as in fact is using
6387 coprocessor 14 register 7 itself) but all current ARM11
6388 cores @emph{except the ARM1176} use the same six bits.
6389 @end deffn
6390
6391 @section ARMv7 Architecture
6392 @cindex ARMv7
6393
6394 @subsection ARMv7 Debug Access Port (DAP) specific commands
6395 @cindex Debug Access Port
6396 @cindex DAP
6397 These commands are specific to ARM architecture v7 Debug Access Port (DAP),
6398 included on Cortex-M3 and Cortex-A8 systems.
6399 They are available in addition to other core-specific commands that may be available.
6400
6401 @deffn Command {dap apid} [num]
6402 Displays ID register from AP @var{num},
6403 defaulting to the currently selected AP.
6404 @end deffn
6405
6406 @deffn Command {dap apsel} [num]
6407 Select AP @var{num}, defaulting to 0.
6408 @end deffn
6409
6410 @deffn Command {dap baseaddr} [num]
6411 Displays debug base address from MEM-AP @var{num},
6412 defaulting to the currently selected AP.
6413 @end deffn
6414
6415 @deffn Command {dap info} [num]
6416 Displays the ROM table for MEM-AP @var{num},
6417 defaulting to the currently selected AP.
6418 @end deffn
6419
6420 @deffn Command {dap memaccess} [value]
6421 Displays the number of extra tck cycles in the JTAG idle to use for MEM-AP
6422 memory bus access [0-255], giving additional time to respond to reads.
6423 If @var{value} is defined, first assigns that.
6424 @end deffn
6425
6426 @subsection Cortex-M3 specific commands
6427 @cindex Cortex-M3
6428
6429 @deffn Command {cortex_m3 disassemble} address [count]
6430 @cindex disassemble
6431 Disassembles @var{count} Thumb2 instructions starting at @var{address}.
6432 If @var{count} is not specified, a single instruction is disassembled.
6433 @end deffn
6434
6435 @deffn Command {cortex_m3 maskisr} (@option{on}|@option{off})
6436 Control masking (disabling) interrupts during target step/resume.
6437 @end deffn
6438
6439 @deffn Command {cortex_m3 vector_catch} [@option{all}|@option{none}|list]
6440 @cindex vector_catch
6441 Vector Catch hardware provides dedicated breakpoints
6442 for certain hardware events.
6443
6444 Parameters request interception of
6445 @option{all} of these hardware event vectors,
6446 @option{none} of them,
6447 or one or more of the following:
6448 @option{hard_err} for a HardFault exception;
6449 @option{mm_err} for a MemManage exception;
6450 @option{bus_err} for a BusFault exception;
6451 @option{irq_err},
6452 @option{state_err},
6453 @option{chk_err}, or
6454 @option{nocp_err} for various UsageFault exceptions; or
6455 @option{reset}.
6456 If NVIC setup code does not enable them,
6457 MemManage, BusFault, and UsageFault exceptions
6458 are mapped to HardFault.
6459 UsageFault checks for
6460 divide-by-zero and unaligned access
6461 must also be explicitly enabled.
6462
6463 This finishes by listing the current vector catch configuration.
6464 @end deffn
6465
6466 @anchor{Software Debug Messages and Tracing}
6467 @section Software Debug Messages and Tracing
6468 @cindex Linux-ARM DCC support
6469 @cindex tracing
6470 @cindex libdcc
6471 @cindex DCC
6472 OpenOCD can process certain requests from target software, when
6473 the target uses appropriate libraries.
6474 The most powerful mechanism is semihosting, but there is also
6475 a lighter weight mechanism using only the DCC channel.
6476
6477 Currently @command{target_request debugmsgs}
6478 is supported only for @option{arm7_9} and @option{cortex_m3} cores.
6479 These messages are received as part of target polling, so
6480 you need to have @command{poll on} active to receive them.
6481 They are intrusive in that they will affect program execution
6482 times. If that is a problem, @pxref{ARM Hardware Tracing}.
6483
6484 See @file{libdcc} in the contrib dir for more details.
6485 In addition to sending strings, characters, and
6486 arrays of various size integers from the target,
6487 @file{libdcc} also exports a software trace point mechanism.
6488 The target being debugged may
6489 issue trace messages which include a 24-bit @dfn{trace point} number.
6490 Trace point support includes two distinct mechanisms,
6491 each supported by a command:
6492
6493 @itemize
6494 @item @emph{History} ... A circular buffer of trace points
6495 can be set up, and then displayed at any time.
6496 This tracks where code has been, which can be invaluable in
6497 finding out how some fault was triggered.
6498
6499 The buffer may overflow, since it collects records continuously.
6500 It may be useful to use some of the 24 bits to represent a
6501 particular event, and other bits to hold data.
6502
6503 @item @emph{Counting} ... An array of counters can be set up,
6504 and then displayed at any time.
6505 This can help establish code coverage and identify hot spots.
6506
6507 The array of counters is directly indexed by the trace point
6508 number, so trace points with higher numbers are not counted.
6509 @end itemize
6510
6511 Linux-ARM kernels have a ``Kernel low-level debugging
6512 via EmbeddedICE DCC channel'' option (CONFIG_DEBUG_ICEDCC,
6513 depends on CONFIG_DEBUG_LL) which uses this mechanism to
6514 deliver messages before a serial console can be activated.
6515 This is not the same format used by @file{libdcc}.
6516 Other software, such as the U-Boot boot loader, sometimes
6517 does the same thing.
6518
6519 @deffn Command {target_request debugmsgs} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}|@option{charmsg}]
6520 Displays current handling of target DCC message requests.
6521 These messages may be sent to the debugger while the target is running.
6522 The optional @option{enable} and @option{charmsg} parameters
6523 both enable the messages, while @option{disable} disables them.
6524
6525 With @option{charmsg} the DCC words each contain one character,
6526 as used by Linux with CONFIG_DEBUG_ICEDCC;
6527 otherwise the libdcc format is used.
6528 @end deffn
6529
6530 @deffn Command {trace history} [@option{clear}|count]
6531 With no parameter, displays all the trace points that have triggered
6532 in the order they triggered.
6533 With the parameter @option{clear}, erases all current trace history records.
6534 With a @var{count} parameter, allocates space for that many
6535 history records.
6536 @end deffn
6537
6538 @deffn Command {trace point} [@option{clear}|identifier]
6539 With no parameter, displays all trace point identifiers and how many times
6540 they have been triggered.
6541 With the parameter @option{clear}, erases all current trace point counters.
6542 With a numeric @var{identifier} parameter, creates a new a trace point counter
6543 and associates it with that identifier.
6544
6545 @emph{Important:} The identifier and the trace point number
6546 are not related except by this command.
6547 These trace point numbers always start at zero (from server startup,
6548 or after @command{trace point clear}) and count up from there.
6549 @end deffn
6550
6551
6552 @node JTAG Commands
6553 @chapter JTAG Commands
6554 @cindex JTAG Commands
6555 Most general purpose JTAG commands have been presented earlier.
6556 (@xref{JTAG Speed}, @ref{Reset Configuration}, and @ref{TAP Declaration}.)
6557 Lower level JTAG commands, as presented here,
6558 may be needed to work with targets which require special
6559 attention during operations such as reset or initialization.
6560
6561 To use these commands you will need to understand some
6562 of the basics of JTAG, including:
6563
6564 @itemize @bullet
6565 @item A JTAG scan chain consists of a sequence of individual TAP
6566 devices such as a CPUs.
6567 @item Control operations involve moving each TAP through the same
6568 standard state machine (in parallel)
6569 using their shared TMS and clock signals.
6570 @item Data transfer involves shifting data through the chain of
6571 instruction or data registers of each TAP, writing new register values
6572 while the reading previous ones.
6573 @item Data register sizes are a function of the instruction active in
6574 a given TAP, while instruction register sizes are fixed for each TAP.
6575 All TAPs support a BYPASS instruction with a single bit data register.
6576 @item The way OpenOCD differentiates between TAP devices is by
6577 shifting different instructions into (and out of) their instruction
6578 registers.
6579 @end itemize
6580
6581 @section Low Level JTAG Commands
6582
6583 These commands are used by developers who need to access
6584 JTAG instruction or data registers, possibly controlling
6585 the order of TAP state transitions.
6586 If you're not debugging OpenOCD internals, or bringing up a
6587 new JTAG adapter or a new type of TAP device (like a CPU or
6588 JTAG router), you probably won't need to use these commands.
6589
6590 @deffn Command {drscan} tap [numbits value]+ [@option{-endstate} tap_state]
6591 Loads the data register of @var{tap} with a series of bit fields
6592 that specify the entire register.
6593 Each field is @var{numbits} bits long with
6594 a numeric @var{value} (hexadecimal encouraged).
6595 The return value holds the original value of each
6596 of those fields.
6597
6598 For example, a 38 bit number might be specified as one
6599 field of 32 bits then one of 6 bits.
6600 @emph{For portability, never pass fields which are more
6601 than 32 bits long. Many OpenOCD implementations do not
6602 support 64-bit (or larger) integer values.}
6603
6604 All TAPs other than @var{tap} must be in BYPASS mode.
6605 The single bit in their data registers does not matter.
6606
6607 When @var{tap_state} is specified, the JTAG state machine is left
6608 in that state.
6609 For example @sc{drpause} might be specified, so that more
6610 instructions can be issued before re-entering the @sc{run/idle} state.
6611 If the end state is not specified, the @sc{run/idle} state is entered.
6612
6613 @quotation Warning
6614 OpenOCD does not record information about data register lengths,
6615 so @emph{it is important that you get the bit field lengths right}.
6616 Remember that different JTAG instructions refer to different
6617 data registers, which may have different lengths.
6618 Moreover, those lengths may not be fixed;
6619 the SCAN_N instruction can change the length of
6620 the register accessed by the INTEST instruction
6621 (by connecting a different scan chain).
6622 @end quotation
6623 @end deffn
6624
6625 @deffn Command {flush_count}
6626 Returns the number of times the JTAG queue has been flushed.
6627 This may be used for performance tuning.
6628
6629 For example, flushing a queue over USB involves a
6630 minimum latency, often several milliseconds, which does
6631 not change with the amount of data which is written.
6632 You may be able to identify performance problems by finding
6633 tasks which waste bandwidth by flushing small transfers too often,
6634 instead of batching them into larger operations.
6635 @end deffn
6636
6637 @deffn Command {irscan} [tap instruction]+ [@option{-endstate} tap_state]
6638 For each @var{tap} listed, loads the instruction register
6639 with its associated numeric @var{instruction}.
6640 (The number of bits in that instruction may be displayed
6641 using the @command{scan_chain} command.)
6642 For other TAPs, a BYPASS instruction is loaded.
6643
6644 When @var{tap_state} is specified, the JTAG state machine is left
6645 in that state.
6646 For example @sc{irpause} might be specified, so the data register
6647 can be loaded before re-entering the @sc{run/idle} state.
6648 If the end state is not specified, the @sc{run/idle} state is entered.
6649
6650 @quotation Note
6651 OpenOCD currently supports only a single field for instruction
6652 register values, unlike data register values.
6653 For TAPs where the instruction register length is more than 32 bits,
6654 portable scripts currently must issue only BYPASS instructions.
6655 @end quotation
6656 @end deffn
6657
6658 @deffn Command {jtag_reset} trst srst
6659 Set values of reset signals.
6660 The @var{trst} and @var{srst} parameter values may be
6661 @option{0}, indicating that reset is inactive (pulled or driven high),
6662 or @option{1}, indicating it is active (pulled or driven low).
6663 The @command{reset_config} command should already have been used
6664 to configure how the board and JTAG adapter treat these two
6665 signals, and to say if either signal is even present.
6666 @xref{Reset Configuration}.
6667
6668 Note that TRST is specially handled.
6669 It actually signifies JTAG's @sc{reset} state.
6670 So if the board doesn't support the optional TRST signal,
6671 or it doesn't support it along with the specified SRST value,
6672 JTAG reset is triggered with TMS and TCK signals
6673 instead of the TRST signal.
6674 And no matter how that JTAG reset is triggered, once
6675 the scan chain enters @sc{reset} with TRST inactive,
6676 TAP @code{post-reset} events are delivered to all TAPs
6677 with handlers for that event.
6678 @end deffn
6679
6680 @deffn Command {pathmove} start_state [next_state ...]
6681 Start by moving to @var{start_state}, which
6682 must be one of the @emph{stable} states.
6683 Unless it is the only state given, this will often be the
6684 current state, so that no TCK transitions are needed.
6685 Then, in a series of single state transitions
6686 (conforming to the JTAG state machine) shift to
6687 each @var{next_state} in sequence, one per TCK cycle.
6688 The final state must also be stable.
6689 @end deffn
6690
6691 @deffn Command {runtest} @var{num_cycles}
6692 Move to the @sc{run/idle} state, and execute at least
6693 @var{num_cycles} of the JTAG clock (TCK).
6694 Instructions often need some time
6695 to execute before they take effect.
6696 @end deffn
6697
6698 @c tms_sequence (short|long)
6699 @c ... temporary, debug-only, other than USBprog bug workaround...
6700
6701 @deffn Command {verify_ircapture} (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
6702 Verify values captured during @sc{ircapture} and returned
6703 during IR scans. Default is enabled, but this can be
6704 overridden by @command{verify_jtag}.
6705 This flag is ignored when validating JTAG chain configuration.
6706 @end deffn
6707
6708 @deffn Command {verify_jtag} (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
6709 Enables verification of DR and IR scans, to help detect
6710 programming errors. For IR scans, @command{verify_ircapture}
6711 must also be enabled.
6712 Default is enabled.
6713 @end deffn
6714
6715 @section TAP state names
6716 @cindex TAP state names
6717
6718 The @var{tap_state} names used by OpenOCD in the @command{drscan},
6719 @command{irscan}, and @command{pathmove} commands are the same
6720 as those used in SVF boundary scan documents, except that
6721 SVF uses @sc{idle} instead of @sc{run/idle}.
6722
6723 @itemize @bullet
6724 @item @b{RESET} ... @emph{stable} (with TMS high);
6725 acts as if TRST were pulsed
6726 @item @b{RUN/IDLE} ... @emph{stable}; don't assume this always means IDLE
6727 @item @b{DRSELECT}
6728 @item @b{DRCAPTURE}
6729 @item @b{DRSHIFT} ... @emph{stable}; TDI/TDO shifting
6730 through the data register
6731 @item @b{DREXIT1}
6732 @item @b{DRPAUSE} ... @emph{stable}; data register ready
6733 for update or more shifting
6734 @item @b{DREXIT2}
6735 @item @b{DRUPDATE}
6736 @item @b{IRSELECT}
6737 @item @b{IRCAPTURE}
6738 @item @b{IRSHIFT} ... @emph{stable}; TDI/TDO shifting
6739 through the instruction register
6740 @item @b{IREXIT1}
6741 @item @b{IRPAUSE} ... @emph{stable}; instruction register ready
6742 for update or more shifting
6743 @item @b{IREXIT2}
6744 @item @b{IRUPDATE}
6745 @end itemize
6746
6747 Note that only six of those states are fully ``stable'' in the
6748 face of TMS fixed (low except for @sc{reset})
6749 and a free-running JTAG clock. For all the
6750 others, the next TCK transition changes to a new state.
6751
6752 @itemize @bullet
6753 @item From @sc{drshift} and @sc{irshift}, clock transitions will
6754 produce side effects by changing register contents. The values
6755 to be latched in upcoming @sc{drupdate} or @sc{irupdate} states
6756 may not be as expected.
6757 @item @sc{run/idle}, @sc{drpause}, and @sc{irpause} are reasonable
6758 choices after @command{drscan} or @command{irscan} commands,
6759 since they are free of JTAG side effects.
6760 @item @sc{run/idle} may have side effects that appear at non-JTAG
6761 levels, such as advancing the ARM9E-S instruction pipeline.
6762 Consult the documentation for the TAP(s) you are working with.
6763 @end itemize
6764
6765 @node Boundary Scan Commands
6766 @chapter Boundary Scan Commands
6767
6768 One of the original purposes of JTAG was to support
6769 boundary scan based hardware testing.
6770 Although its primary focus is to support On-Chip Debugging,
6771 OpenOCD also includes some boundary scan commands.
6772
6773 @section SVF: Serial Vector Format
6774 @cindex Serial Vector Format
6775 @cindex SVF
6776
6777 The Serial Vector Format, better known as @dfn{SVF}, is a
6778 way to represent JTAG test patterns in text files.
6779 OpenOCD supports running such test files.
6780
6781 @deffn Command {svf} filename [@option{quiet}]
6782 This issues a JTAG reset (Test-Logic-Reset) and then
6783 runs the SVF script from @file{filename}.
6784 Unless the @option{quiet} option is specified,
6785 each command is logged before it is executed.
6786 @end deffn
6787
6788 @section XSVF: Xilinx Serial Vector Format
6789 @cindex Xilinx Serial Vector Format
6790 @cindex XSVF
6791
6792 The Xilinx Serial Vector Format, better known as @dfn{XSVF}, is a
6793 binary representation of SVF which is optimized for use with
6794 Xilinx devices.
6795 OpenOCD supports running such test files.
6796
6797 @quotation Important
6798 Not all XSVF commands are supported.
6799 @end quotation
6800
6801 @deffn Command {xsvf} (tapname|@option{plain}) filename [@option{virt2}] [@option{quiet}]
6802 This issues a JTAG reset (Test-Logic-Reset) and then
6803 runs the XSVF script from @file{filename}.
6804 When a @var{tapname} is specified, the commands are directed at
6805 that TAP.
6806 When @option{virt2} is specified, the @sc{xruntest} command counts
6807 are interpreted as TCK cycles instead of microseconds.
6808 Unless the @option{quiet} option is specified,
6809 messages are logged for comments and some retries.
6810 @end deffn
6811
6812 The OpenOCD sources also include two utility scripts
6813 for working with XSVF; they are not currently installed
6814 after building the software.
6815 You may find them useful:
6816
6817 @itemize
6818 @item @emph{svf2xsvf} ... converts SVF files into the extended XSVF
6819 syntax understood by the @command{xsvf} command; see notes below.
6820 @item @emph{xsvfdump} ... converts XSVF files into a text output format;
6821 understands the OpenOCD extensions.
6822 @end itemize
6823
6824 The input format accepts a handful of non-standard extensions.
6825 These include three opcodes corresponding to SVF extensions
6826 from Lattice Semiconductor (LCOUNT, LDELAY, LDSR), and
6827 two opcodes supporting a more accurate translation of SVF
6828 (XTRST, XWAITSTATE).
6829 If @emph{xsvfdump} shows a file is using those opcodes, it
6830 probably will not be usable with other XSVF tools.
6831
6832
6833 @node TFTP
6834 @chapter TFTP
6835 @cindex TFTP
6836 If OpenOCD runs on an embedded host(as ZY1000 does), then TFTP can
6837 be used to access files on PCs (either the developer's PC or some other PC).
6838
6839 The way this works on the ZY1000 is to prefix a filename by
6840 "/tftp/ip/" and append the TFTP path on the TFTP
6841 server (tftpd). For example,
6842
6843 @example
6844 load_image /tftp/10.0.0.96/c:\temp\abc.elf
6845 @end example
6846
6847 will load c:\temp\abc.elf from the developer pc (10.0.0.96) into memory as
6848 if the file was hosted on the embedded host.
6849
6850 In order to achieve decent performance, you must choose a TFTP server
6851 that supports a packet size bigger than the default packet size (512 bytes). There
6852 are numerous TFTP servers out there (free and commercial) and you will have to do
6853 a bit of googling to find something that fits your requirements.
6854
6855 @node GDB and OpenOCD
6856 @chapter GDB and OpenOCD
6857 @cindex GDB
6858 OpenOCD complies with the remote gdbserver protocol, and as such can be used
6859 to debug remote targets.
6860 Setting up GDB to work with OpenOCD can involve several components:
6861
6862 @itemize
6863 @item The OpenOCD server support for GDB may need to be configured.
6864 @xref{GDB Configuration}.
6865 @item GDB's support for OpenOCD may need configuration,
6866 as shown in this chapter.
6867 @item If you have a GUI environment like Eclipse,
6868 that also will probably need to be configured.
6869 @end itemize
6870
6871 Of course, the version of GDB you use will need to be one which has
6872 been built to know about the target CPU you're using. It's probably
6873 part of the tool chain you're using. For example, if you are doing
6874 cross-development for ARM on an x86 PC, instead of using the native
6875 x86 @command{gdb} command you might use @command{arm-none-eabi-gdb}
6876 if that's the tool chain used to compile your code.
6877
6878 @anchor{Connecting to GDB}
6879 @section Connecting to GDB
6880 @cindex Connecting to GDB
6881 Use GDB 6.7 or newer with OpenOCD if you run into trouble. For
6882 instance GDB 6.3 has a known bug that produces bogus memory access
6883 errors, which has since been fixed; see
6884 @url{http://osdir.com/ml/gdb.bugs.discuss/2004-12/msg00018.html}
6885
6886 OpenOCD can communicate with GDB in two ways:
6887
6888 @enumerate
6889 @item
6890 A socket (TCP/IP) connection is typically started as follows:
6891 @example
6892 target remote localhost:3333
6893 @end example
6894 This would cause GDB to connect to the gdbserver on the local pc using port 3333.
6895 @item
6896 A pipe connection is typically started as follows:
6897 @example
6898 target remote | openocd --pipe
6899 @end example
6900 This would cause GDB to run OpenOCD and communicate using pipes (stdin/stdout).
6901 Using this method has the advantage of GDB starting/stopping OpenOCD for the debug
6902 session.
6903 @end enumerate
6904
6905 To list the available OpenOCD commands type @command{monitor help} on the
6906 GDB command line.
6907
6908 @section Sample GDB session startup
6909
6910 With the remote protocol, GDB sessions start a little differently
6911 than they do when you're debugging locally.
6912 Here's an examples showing how to start a debug session with a
6913 small ARM program.
6914 In this case the program was linked to be loaded into SRAM on a Cortex-M3.
6915 Most programs would be written into flash (address 0) and run from there.
6916
6917 @example
6918 $ arm-none-eabi-gdb example.elf
6919 (gdb) target remote localhost:3333
6920 Remote debugging using localhost:3333
6921 ...
6922 (gdb) monitor reset halt
6923 ...
6924 (gdb) load
6925 Loading section .vectors, size 0x100 lma 0x20000000
6926 Loading section .text, size 0x5a0 lma 0x20000100
6927 Loading section .data, size 0x18 lma 0x200006a0
6928 Start address 0x2000061c, load size 1720
6929 Transfer rate: 22 KB/sec, 573 bytes/write.
6930 (gdb) continue
6931 Continuing.
6932 ...
6933 @end example
6934
6935 You could then interrupt the GDB session to make the program break,
6936 type @command{where} to show the stack, @command{list} to show the
6937 code around the program counter, @command{step} through code,
6938 set breakpoints or watchpoints, and so on.
6939
6940 @section Configuring GDB for OpenOCD
6941
6942 OpenOCD supports the gdb @option{qSupported} packet, this enables information
6943 to be sent by the GDB remote server (i.e. OpenOCD) to GDB. Typical information includes
6944 packet size and the device's memory map.
6945 You do not need to configure the packet size by hand,
6946 and the relevant parts of the memory map should be automatically
6947 set up when you declare (NOR) flash banks.
6948
6949 However, there are other things which GDB can't currently query.
6950 You may need to set those up by hand.
6951 As OpenOCD starts up, you will often see a line reporting
6952 something like:
6953
6954 @example
6955 Info : lm3s.cpu: hardware has 6 breakpoints, 4 watchpoints
6956 @end example
6957
6958 You can pass that information to GDB with these commands:
6959
6960 @example
6961 set remote hardware-breakpoint-limit 6
6962 set remote hardware-watchpoint-limit 4
6963 @end example
6964
6965 With that particular hardware (Cortex-M3) the hardware breakpoints
6966 only work for code running from flash memory. Most other ARM systems
6967 do not have such restrictions.
6968
6969 Another example of useful GDB configuration came from a user who
6970 found that single stepping his Cortex-M3 didn't work well with IRQs
6971 and an RTOS until he told GDB to disable the IRQs while stepping:
6972
6973 @example
6974 define hook-step
6975 mon cortex_m3 maskisr on
6976 end
6977 define hookpost-step
6978 mon cortex_m3 maskisr off
6979 end
6980 @end example
6981
6982 Rather than typing such commands interactively, you may prefer to
6983 save them in a file and have GDB execute them as it starts, perhaps
6984 using a @file{.gdbinit} in your project directory or starting GDB
6985 using @command{gdb -x filename}.
6986
6987 @section Programming using GDB
6988 @cindex Programming using GDB
6989
6990 By default the target memory map is sent to GDB. This can be disabled by
6991 the following OpenOCD configuration option:
6992 @example
6993 gdb_memory_map disable
6994 @end example
6995 For this to function correctly a valid flash configuration must also be set
6996 in OpenOCD. For faster performance you should also configure a valid
6997 working area.
6998
6999 Informing GDB of the memory map of the target will enable GDB to protect any
7000 flash areas of the target and use hardware breakpoints by default. This means
7001 that the OpenOCD option @command{gdb_breakpoint_override} is not required when
7002 using a memory map. @xref{gdb_breakpoint_override}.
7003
7004 To view the configured memory map in GDB, use the GDB command @option{info mem}
7005 All other unassigned addresses within GDB are treated as RAM.
7006
7007 GDB 6.8 and higher set any memory area not in the memory map as inaccessible.
7008 This can be changed to the old behaviour by using the following GDB command
7009 @example
7010 set mem inaccessible-by-default off
7011 @end example
7012
7013 If @command{gdb_flash_program enable} is also used, GDB will be able to
7014 program any flash memory using the vFlash interface.
7015
7016 GDB will look at the target memory map when a load command is given, if any
7017 areas to be programmed lie within the target flash area the vFlash packets
7018 will be used.
7019
7020 If the target needs configuring before GDB programming, an event
7021 script can be executed:
7022 @example
7023 $_TARGETNAME configure -event EVENTNAME BODY
7024 @end example
7025
7026 To verify any flash programming the GDB command @option{compare-sections}
7027 can be used.
7028
7029 @node Tcl Scripting API
7030 @chapter Tcl Scripting API
7031 @cindex Tcl Scripting API
7032 @cindex Tcl scripts
7033 @section API rules
7034
7035 The commands are stateless. E.g. the telnet command line has a concept
7036 of currently active target, the Tcl API proc's take this sort of state
7037 information as an argument to each proc.
7038
7039 There are three main types of return values: single value, name value
7040 pair list and lists.
7041
7042 Name value pair. The proc 'foo' below returns a name/value pair
7043 list.
7044
7045 @verbatim
7046
7047 > set foo(me) Duane
7048 > set foo(you) Oyvind
7049 > set foo(mouse) Micky
7050 > set foo(duck) Donald
7051
7052 If one does this:
7053
7054 > set foo
7055
7056 The result is:
7057
7058 me Duane you Oyvind mouse Micky duck Donald
7059
7060 Thus, to get the names of the associative array is easy:
7061
7062 foreach { name value } [set foo] {
7063 puts "Name: $name, Value: $value"
7064 }
7065 @end verbatim
7066
7067 Lists returned must be relatively small. Otherwise a range
7068 should be passed in to the proc in question.
7069
7070 @section Internal low-level Commands
7071
7072 By low-level, the intent is a human would not directly use these commands.
7073
7074 Low-level commands are (should be) prefixed with "ocd_", e.g.
7075 @command{ocd_flash_banks}
7076 is the low level API upon which @command{flash banks} is implemented.
7077
7078 @itemize @bullet
7079 @item @b{ocd_mem2array} <@var{varname}> <@var{width}> <@var{addr}> <@var{nelems}>
7080
7081 Read memory and return as a Tcl array for script processing
7082 @item @b{ocd_array2mem} <@var{varname}> <@var{width}> <@var{addr}> <@var{nelems}>
7083
7084 Convert a Tcl array to memory locations and write the values
7085 @item @b{ocd_flash_banks} <@var{driver}> <@var{base}> <@var{size}> <@var{chip_width}> <@var{bus_width}> <@var{target}> [@option{driver options} ...]
7086
7087 Return information about the flash banks
7088 @end itemize
7089
7090 OpenOCD commands can consist of two words, e.g. "flash banks". The
7091 @file{startup.tcl} "unknown" proc will translate this into a Tcl proc
7092 called "flash_banks".
7093
7094 @section OpenOCD specific Global Variables
7095
7096 Real Tcl has ::tcl_platform(), and platform::identify, and many other
7097 variables. JimTCL, as implemented in OpenOCD creates $ocd_HOSTOS which
7098 holds one of the following values:
7099
7100 @itemize @bullet
7101 @item @b{cygwin} Running under Cygwin
7102 @item @b{darwin} Darwin (Mac-OS) is the underlying operating sytem.
7103 @item @b{freebsd} Running under FreeBSD
7104 @item @b{linux} Linux is the underlying operating sytem
7105 @item @b{mingw32} Running under MingW32
7106 @item @b{winxx} Built using Microsoft Visual Studio
7107 @item @b{other} Unknown, none of the above.
7108 @end itemize
7109
7110 Note: 'winxx' was choosen because today (March-2009) no distinction is made between Win32 and Win64.
7111
7112 @quotation Note
7113 We should add support for a variable like Tcl variable
7114 @code{tcl_platform(platform)}, it should be called
7115 @code{jim_platform} (because it
7116 is jim, not real tcl).
7117 @end quotation
7118
7119 @node FAQ
7120 @chapter FAQ
7121 @cindex faq
7122 @enumerate
7123 @anchor{FAQ RTCK}
7124 @item @b{RTCK, also known as: Adaptive Clocking - What is it?}
7125 @cindex RTCK
7126 @cindex adaptive clocking
7127 @*
7128
7129 In digital circuit design it is often refered to as ``clock
7130 synchronisation'' the JTAG interface uses one clock (TCK or TCLK)
7131 operating at some speed, your CPU target is operating at another.
7132 The two clocks are not synchronised, they are ``asynchronous''
7133
7134 In order for the two to work together they must be synchronised
7135 well enough to work; JTAG can't go ten times faster than the CPU,
7136 for example. There are 2 basic options:
7137 @enumerate
7138 @item
7139 Use a special "adaptive clocking" circuit to change the JTAG
7140 clock rate to match what the CPU currently supports.
7141 @item
7142 The JTAG clock must be fixed at some speed that's enough slower than
7143 the CPU clock that all TMS and TDI transitions can be detected.
7144 @end enumerate
7145
7146 @b{Does this really matter?} For some chips and some situations, this
7147 is a non-issue, like a 500MHz ARM926 with a 5 MHz JTAG link;
7148 the CPU has no difficulty keeping up with JTAG.
7149 Startup sequences are often problematic though, as are other
7150 situations where the CPU clock rate changes (perhaps to save
7151 power).
7152
7153 For example, Atmel AT91SAM chips start operation from reset with
7154 a 32kHz system clock. Boot firmware may activate the main oscillator
7155 and PLL before switching to a faster clock (perhaps that 500 MHz
7156 ARM926 scenario).
7157 If you're using JTAG to debug that startup sequence, you must slow
7158 the JTAG clock to sometimes 1 to 4kHz. After startup completes,
7159 JTAG can use a faster clock.
7160
7161 Consider also debugging a 500MHz ARM926 hand held battery powered
7162 device that enters a low power ``deep sleep'' mode, at 32kHz CPU
7163 clock, between keystrokes unless it has work to do. When would
7164 that 5 MHz JTAG clock be usable?
7165
7166 @b{Solution #1 - A special circuit}
7167
7168 In order to make use of this,
7169 both your CPU and your JTAG dongle must support the RTCK
7170 feature. Not all dongles support this - keep reading!
7171
7172 The RTCK ("Return TCK") signal in some ARM chips is used to help with
7173 this problem. ARM has a good description of the problem described at
7174 this link: @url{http://www.arm.com/support/faqdev/4170.html} [checked
7175 28/nov/2008]. Link title: ``How does the JTAG synchronisation logic
7176 work? / how does adaptive clocking work?''.
7177
7178 The nice thing about adaptive clocking is that ``battery powered hand
7179 held device example'' - the adaptiveness works perfectly all the
7180 time. One can set a break point or halt the system in the deep power
7181 down code, slow step out until the system speeds up.
7182
7183 Note that adaptive clocking may also need to work at the board level,
7184 when a board-level scan chain has multiple chips.
7185 Parallel clock voting schemes are good way to implement this,
7186 both within and between chips, and can easily be implemented
7187 with a CPLD.
7188 It's not difficult to have logic fan a module's input TCK signal out
7189 to each TAP in the scan chain, and then wait until each TAP's RTCK comes
7190 back with the right polarity before changing the output RTCK signal.
7191 Texas Instruments makes some clock voting logic available
7192 for free (with no support) in VHDL form; see
7193 @url{http://tiexpressdsp.com/index.php/Adaptive_Clocking}
7194
7195 @b{Solution #2 - Always works - but may be slower}
7196
7197 Often this is a perfectly acceptable solution.
7198
7199 In most simple terms: Often the JTAG clock must be 1/10 to 1/12 of
7200 the target clock speed. But what that ``magic division'' is varies
7201 depending on the chips on your board.
7202 @b{ARM rule of thumb} Most ARM based systems require an 6:1 division;
7203 ARM11 cores use an 8:1 division.
7204 @b{Xilinx rule of thumb} is 1/12 the clock speed.
7205
7206 Note: Many FTDI2232C based JTAG dongles are limited to 6MHz.
7207
7208 You can still debug the 'low power' situations - you just need to
7209 either use a fixed and very slow JTAG clock rate ... or else
7210 manually adjust the clock speed at every step. (Adjusting is painful
7211 and tedious, and is not always practical.)
7212
7213 It is however easy to ``code your way around it'' - i.e.: Cheat a little,
7214 have a special debug mode in your application that does a ``high power
7215 sleep''. If you are careful - 98% of your problems can be debugged
7216 this way.
7217
7218 Note that on ARM you may need to avoid using the @emph{wait for interrupt}
7219 operation in your idle loops even if you don't otherwise change the CPU
7220 clock rate.
7221 That operation gates the CPU clock, and thus the JTAG clock; which
7222 prevents JTAG access. One consequence is not being able to @command{halt}
7223 cores which are executing that @emph{wait for interrupt} operation.
7224
7225 To set the JTAG frequency use the command:
7226
7227 @example
7228 # Example: 1.234MHz
7229 jtag_khz 1234
7230 @end example
7231
7232
7233 @item @b{Win32 Pathnames} Why don't backslashes work in Windows paths?
7234
7235 OpenOCD uses Tcl and a backslash is an escape char. Use @{ and @}
7236 around Windows filenames.
7237
7238 @example
7239 > echo \a
7240
7241 > echo @{\a@}
7242 \a
7243 > echo "\a"
7244
7245 >
7246 @end example
7247
7248
7249 @item @b{Missing: cygwin1.dll} OpenOCD complains about a missing cygwin1.dll.
7250
7251 Make sure you have Cygwin installed, or at least a version of OpenOCD that
7252 claims to come with all the necessary DLLs. When using Cygwin, try launching
7253 OpenOCD from the Cygwin shell.
7254
7255 @item @b{Breakpoint Issue} I'm trying to set a breakpoint using GDB (or a frontend like Insight or
7256 Eclipse), but OpenOCD complains that "Info: arm7_9_common.c:213
7257 arm7_9_add_breakpoint(): sw breakpoint requested, but software breakpoints not enabled".
7258
7259 GDB issues software breakpoints when a normal breakpoint is requested, or to implement
7260 source-line single-stepping. On ARMv4T systems, like ARM7TDMI, ARM720T or ARM920T,
7261 software breakpoints consume one of the two available hardware breakpoints.
7262
7263 @item @b{LPC2000 Flash} When erasing or writing LPC2000 on-chip flash, the operation fails at random.
7264
7265 Make sure the core frequency specified in the @option{flash lpc2000} line matches the
7266 clock at the time you're programming the flash. If you've specified the crystal's
7267 frequency, make sure the PLL is disabled. If you've specified the full core speed
7268 (e.g. 60MHz), make sure the PLL is enabled.
7269
7270 @item @b{Amontec Chameleon} When debugging using an Amontec Chameleon in its JTAG Accelerator configuration,
7271 I keep getting "Error: amt_jtagaccel.c:184 amt_wait_scan_busy(): amt_jtagaccel timed
7272 out while waiting for end of scan, rtck was disabled".
7273
7274 Make sure your PC's parallel port operates in EPP mode. You might have to try several
7275 settings in your PC BIOS (ECP, EPP, and different versions of those).
7276
7277 @item @b{Data Aborts} When debugging with OpenOCD and GDB (plain GDB, Insight, or Eclipse),
7278 I get lots of "Error: arm7_9_common.c:1771 arm7_9_read_memory():
7279 memory read caused data abort".
7280
7281 The errors are non-fatal, and are the result of GDB trying to trace stack frames
7282 beyond the last valid frame. It might be possible to prevent this by setting up
7283 a proper "initial" stack frame, if you happen to know what exactly has to
7284 be done, feel free to add this here.
7285
7286 @b{Simple:} In your startup code - push 8 registers of zeros onto the
7287 stack before calling main(). What GDB is doing is ``climbing'' the run
7288 time stack by reading various values on the stack using the standard
7289 call frame for the target. GDB keeps going - until one of 2 things
7290 happen @b{#1} an invalid frame is found, or @b{#2} some huge number of
7291 stackframes have been processed. By pushing zeros on the stack, GDB
7292 gracefully stops.
7293
7294 @b{Debugging Interrupt Service Routines} - In your ISR before you call
7295 your C code, do the same - artifically push some zeros onto the stack,
7296 remember to pop them off when the ISR is done.
7297
7298 @b{Also note:} If you have a multi-threaded operating system, they
7299 often do not @b{in the intrest of saving memory} waste these few
7300 bytes. Painful...
7301
7302
7303 @item @b{JTAG Reset Config} I get the following message in the OpenOCD console (or log file):
7304 "Warning: arm7_9_common.c:679 arm7_9_assert_reset(): srst resets test logic, too".
7305
7306 This warning doesn't indicate any serious problem, as long as you don't want to
7307 debug your core right out of reset. Your .cfg file specified @option{jtag_reset
7308 trst_and_srst srst_pulls_trst} to tell OpenOCD that either your board,
7309 your debugger or your target uC (e.g. LPC2000) can't assert the two reset signals
7310 independently. With this setup, it's not possible to halt the core right out of
7311 reset, everything else should work fine.
7312
7313 @item @b{USB Power} When using OpenOCD in conjunction with Amontec JTAGkey and the Yagarto
7314 toolchain (Eclipse, arm-elf-gcc, arm-elf-gdb), the debugging seems to be
7315 unstable. When single-stepping over large blocks of code, GDB and OpenOCD
7316 quit with an error message. Is there a stability issue with OpenOCD?
7317
7318 No, this is not a stability issue concerning OpenOCD. Most users have solved
7319 this issue by simply using a self-powered USB hub, which they connect their
7320 Amontec JTAGkey to. Apparently, some computers do not provide a USB power
7321 supply stable enough for the Amontec JTAGkey to be operated.
7322
7323 @b{Laptops running on battery have this problem too...}
7324
7325 @item @b{USB Power} When using the Amontec JTAGkey, sometimes OpenOCD crashes with the
7326 following error messages: "Error: ft2232.c:201 ft2232_read(): FT_Read returned:
7327 4" and "Error: ft2232.c:365 ft2232_send_and_recv(): couldn't read from FT2232".
7328 What does that mean and what might be the reason for this?
7329
7330 First of all, the reason might be the USB power supply. Try using a self-powered
7331 hub instead of a direct connection to your computer. Secondly, the error code 4
7332 corresponds to an FT_IO_ERROR, which means that the driver for the FTDI USB
7333 chip ran into some sort of error - this points us to a USB problem.
7334
7335 @item @b{GDB Disconnects} When using the Amontec JTAGkey, sometimes OpenOCD crashes with the following
7336 error message: "Error: gdb_server.c:101 gdb_get_char(): read: 10054".
7337 What does that mean and what might be the reason for this?
7338
7339 Error code 10054 corresponds to WSAECONNRESET, which means that the debugger (GDB)
7340 has closed the connection to OpenOCD. This might be a GDB issue.
7341
7342 @item @b{LPC2000 Flash} In the configuration file in the section where flash device configurations
7343 are described, there is a parameter for specifying the clock frequency
7344 for LPC2000 internal flash devices (e.g. @option{flash bank lpc2000
7345 0x0 0x40000 0 0 0 lpc2000_v1 14746 calc_checksum}), which must be
7346 specified in kilohertz. However, I do have a quartz crystal of a
7347 frequency that contains fractions of kilohertz (e.g. 14,745,600 Hz,
7348 i.e. 14,745.600 kHz). Is it possible to specify real numbers for the
7349 clock frequency?
7350
7351 No. The clock frequency specified here must be given as an integral number.
7352 However, this clock frequency is used by the In-Application-Programming (IAP)
7353 routines of the LPC2000 family only, which seems to be very tolerant concerning
7354 the given clock frequency, so a slight difference between the specified clock
7355 frequency and the actual clock frequency will not cause any trouble.
7356
7357 @item @b{Command Order} Do I have to keep a specific order for the commands in the configuration file?
7358
7359 Well, yes and no. Commands can be given in arbitrary order, yet the
7360 devices listed for the JTAG scan chain must be given in the right
7361 order (jtag newdevice), with the device closest to the TDO-Pin being
7362 listed first. In general, whenever objects of the same type exist
7363 which require an index number, then these objects must be given in the
7364 right order (jtag newtap, targets and flash banks - a target
7365 references a jtag newtap and a flash bank references a target).
7366
7367 You can use the ``scan_chain'' command to verify and display the tap order.
7368
7369 Also, some commands can't execute until after @command{init} has been
7370 processed. Such commands include @command{nand probe} and everything
7371 else that needs to write to controller registers, perhaps for setting
7372 up DRAM and loading it with code.
7373
7374 @anchor{FAQ TAP Order}
7375 @item @b{JTAG TAP Order} Do I have to declare the TAPS in some
7376 particular order?
7377
7378 Yes; whenever you have more than one, you must declare them in
7379 the same order used by the hardware.
7380
7381 Many newer devices have multiple JTAG TAPs. For example: ST
7382 Microsystems STM32 chips have two TAPs, a ``boundary scan TAP'' and
7383 ``Cortex-M3'' TAP. Example: The STM32 reference manual, Document ID:
7384 RM0008, Section 26.5, Figure 259, page 651/681, the ``TDI'' pin is
7385 connected to the boundary scan TAP, which then connects to the
7386 Cortex-M3 TAP, which then connects to the TDO pin.
7387
7388 Thus, the proper order for the STM32 chip is: (1) The Cortex-M3, then
7389 (2) The boundary scan TAP. If your board includes an additional JTAG
7390 chip in the scan chain (for example a Xilinx CPLD or FPGA) you could
7391 place it before or after the STM32 chip in the chain. For example:
7392
7393 @itemize @bullet
7394 @item OpenOCD_TDI(output) -> STM32 TDI Pin (BS Input)
7395 @item STM32 BS TDO (output) -> STM32 Cortex-M3 TDI (input)
7396 @item STM32 Cortex-M3 TDO (output) -> SM32 TDO Pin
7397 @item STM32 TDO Pin (output) -> Xilinx TDI Pin (input)
7398 @item Xilinx TDO Pin -> OpenOCD TDO (input)
7399 @end itemize
7400
7401 The ``jtag device'' commands would thus be in the order shown below. Note:
7402
7403 @itemize @bullet
7404 @item jtag newtap Xilinx tap -irlen ...
7405 @item jtag newtap stm32 cpu -irlen ...
7406 @item jtag newtap stm32 bs -irlen ...
7407 @item # Create the debug target and say where it is
7408 @item target create stm32.cpu -chain-position stm32.cpu ...
7409 @end itemize
7410
7411
7412 @item @b{SYSCOMP} Sometimes my debugging session terminates with an error. When I look into the
7413 log file, I can see these error messages: Error: arm7_9_common.c:561
7414 arm7_9_execute_sys_speed(): timeout waiting for SYSCOMP
7415
7416 TODO.
7417
7418 @end enumerate
7419
7420 @node Tcl Crash Course
7421 @chapter Tcl Crash Course
7422 @cindex Tcl
7423
7424 Not everyone knows Tcl - this is not intended to be a replacement for
7425 learning Tcl, the intent of this chapter is to give you some idea of
7426 how the Tcl scripts work.
7427
7428 This chapter is written with two audiences in mind. (1) OpenOCD users
7429 who need to understand a bit more of how JIM-Tcl works so they can do
7430 something useful, and (2) those that want to add a new command to
7431 OpenOCD.
7432
7433 @section Tcl Rule #1
7434 There is a famous joke, it goes like this:
7435 @enumerate
7436 @item Rule #1: The wife is always correct
7437 @item Rule #2: If you think otherwise, See Rule #1
7438 @end enumerate
7439
7440 The Tcl equal is this:
7441
7442 @enumerate
7443 @item Rule #1: Everything is a string
7444 @item Rule #2: If you think otherwise, See Rule #1
7445 @end enumerate
7446
7447 As in the famous joke, the consequences of Rule #1 are profound. Once
7448 you understand Rule #1, you will understand Tcl.
7449
7450 @section Tcl Rule #1b
7451 There is a second pair of rules.
7452 @enumerate
7453 @item Rule #1: Control flow does not exist. Only commands
7454 @* For example: the classic FOR loop or IF statement is not a control
7455 flow item, they are commands, there is no such thing as control flow
7456 in Tcl.
7457 @item Rule #2: If you think otherwise, See Rule #1
7458 @* Actually what happens is this: There are commands that by
7459 convention, act like control flow key words in other languages. One of
7460 those commands is the word ``for'', another command is ``if''.
7461 @end enumerate
7462
7463 @section Per Rule #1 - All Results are strings
7464 Every Tcl command results in a string. The word ``result'' is used
7465 deliberatly. No result is just an empty string. Remember: @i{Rule #1 -
7466 Everything is a string}
7467
7468 @section Tcl Quoting Operators
7469 In life of a Tcl script, there are two important periods of time, the
7470 difference is subtle.
7471 @enumerate
7472 @item Parse Time
7473 @item Evaluation Time
7474 @end enumerate
7475
7476 The two key items here are how ``quoted things'' work in Tcl. Tcl has
7477 three primary quoting constructs, the [square-brackets] the
7478 @{curly-braces@} and ``double-quotes''
7479
7480 By now you should know $VARIABLES always start with a $DOLLAR
7481 sign. BTW: To set a variable, you actually use the command ``set'', as
7482 in ``set VARNAME VALUE'' much like the ancient BASIC langauge ``let x
7483 = 1'' statement, but without the equal sign.
7484
7485 @itemize @bullet
7486 @item @b{[square-brackets]}
7487 @* @b{[square-brackets]} are command substitutions. It operates much
7488 like Unix Shell `back-ticks`. The result of a [square-bracket]
7489 operation is exactly 1 string. @i{Remember Rule #1 - Everything is a
7490 string}. These two statements are roughly identical:
7491 @example
7492 # bash example
7493 X=`date`
7494 echo "The Date is: $X"
7495 # Tcl example
7496 set X [date]
7497 puts "The Date is: $X"
7498 @end example
7499 @item @b{``double-quoted-things''}
7500 @* @b{``double-quoted-things''} are just simply quoted
7501 text. $VARIABLES and [square-brackets] are expanded in place - the
7502 result however is exactly 1 string. @i{Remember Rule #1 - Everything
7503 is a string}
7504 @example
7505 set x "Dinner"
7506 puts "It is now \"[date]\", $x is in 1 hour"
7507 @end example
7508 @item @b{@{Curly-Braces@}}
7509 @*@b{@{Curly-Braces@}} are magic: $VARIABLES and [square-brackets] are
7510 parsed, but are NOT expanded or executed. @{Curly-Braces@} are like
7511 'single-quote' operators in BASH shell scripts, with the added
7512 feature: @{curly-braces@} can be nested, single quotes can not. @{@{@{this is
7513 nested 3 times@}@}@} NOTE: [date] is a bad example;
7514 at this writing, Jim/OpenOCD does not have a date command.
7515 @end itemize
7516
7517 @section Consequences of Rule 1/2/3/4
7518
7519 The consequences of Rule 1 are profound.
7520
7521 @subsection Tokenisation & Execution.
7522
7523 Of course, whitespace, blank lines and #comment lines are handled in
7524 the normal way.
7525
7526 As a script is parsed, each (multi) line in the script file is
7527 tokenised and according to the quoting rules. After tokenisation, that
7528 line is immedatly executed.
7529
7530 Multi line statements end with one or more ``still-open''
7531 @{curly-braces@} which - eventually - closes a few lines later.
7532
7533 @subsection Command Execution
7534
7535 Remember earlier: There are no ``control flow''
7536 statements in Tcl. Instead there are COMMANDS that simply act like
7537 control flow operators.
7538
7539 Commands are executed like this:
7540
7541 @enumerate
7542 @item Parse the next line into (argc) and (argv[]).
7543 @item Look up (argv[0]) in a table and call its function.
7544 @item Repeat until End Of File.
7545 @end enumerate
7546
7547 It sort of works like this:
7548 @example
7549 for(;;)@{
7550 ReadAndParse( &argc, &argv );
7551
7552 cmdPtr = LookupCommand( argv[0] );
7553
7554 (*cmdPtr->Execute)( argc, argv );
7555 @}
7556 @end example
7557
7558 When the command ``proc'' is parsed (which creates a procedure
7559 function) it gets 3 parameters on the command line. @b{1} the name of
7560 the proc (function), @b{2} the list of parameters, and @b{3} the body
7561 of the function. Not the choice of words: LIST and BODY. The PROC
7562 command stores these items in a table somewhere so it can be found by
7563 ``LookupCommand()''
7564
7565 @subsection The FOR command
7566
7567 The most interesting command to look at is the FOR command. In Tcl,
7568 the FOR command is normally implemented in C. Remember, FOR is a
7569 command just like any other command.
7570
7571 When the ascii text containing the FOR command is parsed, the parser
7572 produces 5 parameter strings, @i{(If in doubt: Refer to Rule #1)} they
7573 are:
7574
7575 @enumerate 0
7576 @item The ascii text 'for'
7577 @item The start text
7578 @item The test expression
7579 @item The next text
7580 @item The body text
7581 @end enumerate
7582
7583 Sort of reminds you of ``main( int argc, char **argv )'' does it not?
7584 Remember @i{Rule #1 - Everything is a string.} The key point is this:
7585 Often many of those parameters are in @{curly-braces@} - thus the
7586 variables inside are not expanded or replaced until later.
7587
7588 Remember that every Tcl command looks like the classic ``main( argc,
7589 argv )'' function in C. In JimTCL - they actually look like this:
7590
7591 @example
7592 int
7593 MyCommand( Jim_Interp *interp,
7594 int *argc,
7595 Jim_Obj * const *argvs );
7596 @end example
7597
7598 Real Tcl is nearly identical. Although the newer versions have
7599 introduced a byte-code parser and intepreter, but at the core, it
7600 still operates in the same basic way.
7601
7602 @subsection FOR command implementation
7603
7604 To understand Tcl it is perhaps most helpful to see the FOR
7605 command. Remember, it is a COMMAND not a control flow structure.
7606
7607 In Tcl there are two underlying C helper functions.
7608
7609 Remember Rule #1 - You are a string.
7610
7611 The @b{first} helper parses and executes commands found in an ascii
7612 string. Commands can be seperated by semicolons, or newlines. While
7613 parsing, variables are expanded via the quoting rules.
7614
7615 The @b{second} helper evaluates an ascii string as a numerical
7616 expression and returns a value.
7617
7618 Here is an example of how the @b{FOR} command could be
7619 implemented. The pseudo code below does not show error handling.
7620 @example
7621 void Execute_AsciiString( void *interp, const char *string );
7622
7623 int Evaluate_AsciiExpression( void *interp, const char *string );
7624
7625 int
7626 MyForCommand( void *interp,
7627 int argc,
7628 char **argv )
7629 @{
7630 if( argc != 5 )@{
7631 SetResult( interp, "WRONG number of parameters");
7632 return ERROR;
7633 @}
7634
7635 // argv[0] = the ascii string just like C
7636
7637 // Execute the start statement.
7638 Execute_AsciiString( interp, argv[1] );
7639
7640 // Top of loop test
7641 for(;;)@{
7642 i = Evaluate_AsciiExpression(interp, argv[2]);
7643 if( i == 0 )
7644 break;
7645
7646 // Execute the body
7647 Execute_AsciiString( interp, argv[3] );
7648
7649 // Execute the LOOP part
7650 Execute_AsciiString( interp, argv[4] );
7651 @}
7652
7653 // Return no error
7654 SetResult( interp, "" );
7655 return SUCCESS;
7656 @}
7657 @end example
7658
7659 Every other command IF, WHILE, FORMAT, PUTS, EXPR, everything works
7660 in the same basic way.
7661
7662 @section OpenOCD Tcl Usage
7663
7664 @subsection source and find commands
7665 @b{Where:} In many configuration files
7666 @* Example: @b{ source [find FILENAME] }
7667 @*Remember the parsing rules
7668 @enumerate
7669 @item The @command{find} command is in square brackets,
7670 and is executed with the parameter FILENAME. It should find and return
7671 the full path to a file with that name; it uses an internal search path.
7672 The RESULT is a string, which is substituted into the command line in
7673 place of the bracketed @command{find} command.
7674 (Don't try to use a FILENAME which includes the "#" character.
7675 That character begins Tcl comments.)
7676 @item The @command{source} command is executed with the resulting filename;
7677 it reads a file and executes as a script.
7678 @end enumerate
7679 @subsection format command
7680 @b{Where:} Generally occurs in numerous places.
7681 @* Tcl has no command like @b{printf()}, instead it has @b{format}, which is really more like
7682 @b{sprintf()}.
7683 @b{Example}
7684 @example
7685 set x 6
7686 set y 7
7687 puts [format "The answer: %d" [expr $x * $y]]
7688 @end example
7689 @enumerate
7690 @item The SET command creates 2 variables, X and Y.
7691 @item The double [nested] EXPR command performs math
7692 @* The EXPR command produces numerical result as a string.
7693 @* Refer to Rule #1
7694 @item The format command is executed, producing a single string
7695 @* Refer to Rule #1.
7696 @item The PUTS command outputs the text.
7697 @end enumerate
7698 @subsection Body or Inlined Text
7699 @b{Where:} Various TARGET scripts.
7700 @example
7701 #1 Good
7702 proc someproc @{@} @{
7703 ... multiple lines of stuff ...
7704 @}
7705 $_TARGETNAME configure -event FOO someproc
7706 #2 Good - no variables
7707 $_TARGETNAME confgure -event foo "this ; that;"
7708 #3 Good Curly Braces
7709 $_TARGETNAME configure -event FOO @{
7710 puts "Time: [date]"
7711 @}
7712 #4 DANGER DANGER DANGER
7713 $_TARGETNAME configure -event foo "puts \"Time: [date]\""
7714 @end example
7715 @enumerate
7716 @item The $_TARGETNAME is an OpenOCD variable convention.
7717 @*@b{$_TARGETNAME} represents the last target created, the value changes
7718 each time a new target is created. Remember the parsing rules. When
7719 the ascii text is parsed, the @b{$_TARGETNAME} becomes a simple string,
7720 the name of the target which happens to be a TARGET (object)
7721 command.
7722 @item The 2nd parameter to the @option{-event} parameter is a TCBODY
7723 @*There are 4 examples:
7724 @enumerate
7725 @item The TCLBODY is a simple string that happens to be a proc name
7726 @item The TCLBODY is several simple commands seperated by semicolons
7727 @item The TCLBODY is a multi-line @{curly-brace@} quoted string
7728 @item The TCLBODY is a string with variables that get expanded.
7729 @end enumerate
7730
7731 In the end, when the target event FOO occurs the TCLBODY is
7732 evaluated. Method @b{#1} and @b{#2} are functionally identical. For
7733 Method @b{#3} and @b{#4} it is more interesting. What is the TCLBODY?
7734
7735 Remember the parsing rules. In case #3, @{curly-braces@} mean the
7736 $VARS and [square-brackets] are expanded later, when the EVENT occurs,
7737 and the text is evaluated. In case #4, they are replaced before the
7738 ``Target Object Command'' is executed. This occurs at the same time
7739 $_TARGETNAME is replaced. In case #4 the date will never
7740 change. @{BTW: [date] is a bad example; at this writing,
7741 Jim/OpenOCD does not have a date command@}
7742 @end enumerate
7743 @subsection Global Variables
7744 @b{Where:} You might discover this when writing your own procs @* In
7745 simple terms: Inside a PROC, if you need to access a global variable
7746 you must say so. See also ``upvar''. Example:
7747 @example
7748 proc myproc @{ @} @{
7749 set y 0 #Local variable Y
7750 global x #Global variable X
7751 puts [format "X=%d, Y=%d" $x $y]
7752 @}
7753 @end example
7754 @section Other Tcl Hacks
7755 @b{Dynamic variable creation}
7756 @example
7757 # Dynamically create a bunch of variables.
7758 for @{ set x 0 @} @{ $x < 32 @} @{ set x [expr $x + 1]@} @{
7759 # Create var name
7760 set vn [format "BIT%d" $x]
7761 # Make it a global
7762 global $vn
7763 # Set it.
7764 set $vn [expr (1 << $x)]
7765 @}
7766 @end example
7767 @b{Dynamic proc/command creation}
7768 @example
7769 # One "X" function - 5 uart functions.
7770 foreach who @{A B C D E@}
7771 proc [format "show_uart%c" $who] @{ @} "show_UARTx $who"
7772 @}
7773 @end example
7774
7775 @include fdl.texi
7776
7777 @node OpenOCD Concept Index
7778 @comment DO NOT use the plain word ``Index'', reason: CYGWIN filename
7779 @comment case issue with ``Index.html'' and ``index.html''
7780 @comment Occurs when creating ``--html --no-split'' output
7781 @comment This fix is based on: http://sourceware.org/ml/binutils/2006-05/msg00215.html
7782 @unnumbered OpenOCD Concept Index
7783
7784 @printindex cp
7785
7786 @node Command and Driver Index
7787 @unnumbered Command and Driver Index
7788 @printindex fn
7789
7790 @bye

Linking to existing account procedure

If you already have an account and want to add another login method you MUST first sign in with your existing account and then change URL to read https://review.openocd.org/login/?link to get to this page again but this time it'll work for linking. Thank you.

SSH host keys fingerprints

1024 SHA256:YKx8b7u5ZWdcbp7/4AeXNaqElP49m6QrwfXaqQGJAOk gerrit-code-review@openocd.zylin.com (DSA)
384 SHA256:jHIbSQa4REvwCFG4cq5LBlBLxmxSqelQPem/EXIrxjk gerrit-code-review@openocd.org (ECDSA)
521 SHA256:UAOPYkU9Fjtcao0Ul/Rrlnj/OsQvt+pgdYSZ4jOYdgs gerrit-code-review@openocd.org (ECDSA)
256 SHA256:A13M5QlnozFOvTllybRZH6vm7iSt0XLxbA48yfc2yfY gerrit-code-review@openocd.org (ECDSA)
256 SHA256:spYMBqEYoAOtK7yZBrcwE8ZpYt6b68Cfh9yEVetvbXg gerrit-code-review@openocd.org (ED25519)
+--[ED25519 256]--+
|=..              |
|+o..   .         |
|*.o   . .        |
|+B . . .         |
|Bo. = o S        |
|Oo.+ + =         |
|oB=.* = . o      |
| =+=.+   + E     |
|. .=o   . o      |
+----[SHA256]-----+
2048 SHA256:0Onrb7/PHjpo6iVZ7xQX2riKN83FJ3KGU0TvI0TaFG4 gerrit-code-review@openocd.zylin.com (RSA)